1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
19 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
20 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
21 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
22 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
32 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
33 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
35 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
36 #include "gtkaccelmapprivate.h"
37 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
38 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
40 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
41 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
42 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
43 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
44 #include "gtkwidget.h"
45 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
46 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
47 #include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
48 #include "gtkbindings.h"
49 #include "gtkprivate.h"
50 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
51 #include "gtktooltip.h"
52 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
53 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
54 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
55 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
56 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
57 #include "gtksymboliccolor.h"
58 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
59 #include "gtkanimationdescription.h"
60 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
61 #include "gtkversion.h"
64 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
65 #include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
69 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
72 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
73 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
75 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
76 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
78 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
79 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
80 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
81 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
82 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
83 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
85 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
86 * of five virtual methods:
88 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
89 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
90 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
92 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
95 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
96 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
98 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
99 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
100 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
101 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
103 * For example, when queried in the normal
104 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
105 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
106 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
107 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
108 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
109 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
110 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
111 * minimum height contextual to that width using
112 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
113 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
114 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
115 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
117 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
118 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
119 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
120 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
121 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
122 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
123 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
124 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
125 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
126 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
127 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
128 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
129 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
131 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
132 * geometry management section</link>
133 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
134 * by container widgets.
136 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
137 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
138 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
139 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
141 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
142 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
143 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
144 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
145 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
146 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
147 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
149 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
150 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
152 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
154 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
156 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
160 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
161 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
162 * min_height, nat_height);
166 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
167 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
170 * ]]></programlisting>
172 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
173 * the minimum and natural width:
175 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
177 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
178 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
180 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
182 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
186 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
187 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
188 * height calculation here.
191 * ]]></programlisting>
193 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
194 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
195 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
196 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
197 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
199 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
201 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
206 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
207 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
208 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
209 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
210 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
211 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
212 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
215 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
216 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
217 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
218 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
219 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
222 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
223 * <title>Style Properties</title>
225 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
226 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
227 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
228 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
229 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
230 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
231 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
234 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
235 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
236 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
237 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
238 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
241 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
242 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
244 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
245 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
246 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
249 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
250 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
251 * <object class="GtkButton">
252 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
254 * ]]></programlisting>
257 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
258 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
259 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
260 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
263 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
264 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
265 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
266 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
268 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
270 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
271 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
273 * <child internal-child="accessible">
274 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
275 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
279 * ]]></programlisting>
282 * Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
283 * be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
285 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title>
286 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
287 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
289 * <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
290 * <class name="dark-button"/>
293 * ]]></programlisting>
299 /* Add flags here that should not be propagated to children. By default,
300 * all flags will be set on children (think prelight or active), but we
301 * might want to not do this for some.
303 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
304 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (~GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE)
306 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
308 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS 7
310 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
312 /* The state of the widget. Needs to be able to hold all GtkStateFlags bits
313 * (defined in "gtkenums.h").
315 guint state_flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
319 guint in_destruction : 1;
322 guint composite_child : 1;
330 guint can_default : 1;
331 guint has_default : 1;
332 guint receives_default : 1;
335 guint style_update_pending : 1;
336 guint app_paintable : 1;
337 guint double_buffered : 1;
338 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
339 guint no_show_all : 1;
340 guint child_visible : 1;
341 guint multidevice : 1;
342 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
343 guint in_reparent : 1;
345 /* Queue-resize related flags */
346 guint resize_pending : 1;
347 guint alloc_needed : 1;
348 guint width_request_needed : 1;
349 guint height_request_needed : 1;
351 /* Expand-related flags */
352 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
353 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
354 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
355 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
357 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
358 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
360 /* SizeGroup related flags */
361 guint sizegroup_visited : 1;
362 guint sizegroup_bumping : 1;
363 guint have_size_groups : 1;
365 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
366 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
367 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
368 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
369 * the style to use for a widget.
373 /* The list of attached windows to this widget.
374 * We keep a list in order to call reset_style to all of them,
376 GList *attached_windows;
378 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
379 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
380 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
381 * the font to use for text.
384 GtkStyleContext *context;
386 /* Widget's path for styling */
389 /* The widget's allocated size */
390 GtkAllocation allocation;
392 /* The widget's requested sizes */
393 SizeRequestCache requests;
395 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
396 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
397 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
401 /* The widget's parent */
404 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
405 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
406 guint verifying_invariants_count;
407 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
410 struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
412 GType accessible_type;
413 AtkRole accessible_role;
442 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
456 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
457 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
458 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
459 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
464 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
478 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
503 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
504 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
512 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
527 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
530 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
537 guint flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
541 /* --- prototypes --- */
542 static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
543 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
544 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
545 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
546 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
550 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
554 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
555 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
556 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
557 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
558 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
559 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
560 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
561 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
562 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
563 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
564 GtkAllocation *allocation);
565 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
566 GtkStyle *previous_style);
567 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
568 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
570 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
571 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
574 gboolean keyboard_tip,
575 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
576 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
577 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
578 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
580 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
582 GParamSpec **pspecs);
583 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
585 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
587 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
588 GdkEventFocus *event);
589 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
590 GdkEventFocus *event);
591 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
592 GdkEventTouch *event);
593 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
594 GtkDirectionType direction);
595 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
596 GtkDirectionType direction);
597 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
598 GtkDirectionType direction);
599 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
600 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
601 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
602 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
604 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
605 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
606 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
608 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
609 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
610 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
613 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
615 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
616 gboolean group_cycling);
617 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
620 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
623 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
625 gint *minimum_height,
626 gint *natural_height);
627 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
630 gint *natural_width);
631 static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
632 GtkStateFlags old_state);
633 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
634 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo* gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
636 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
637 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
638 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
639 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
640 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
641 cairo_region_t *region);
642 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
643 static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
644 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
647 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
648 gboolean has_tooltip,
650 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
651 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
653 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
654 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
656 const gchar *childname);
657 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
660 const GValue *value);
661 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
664 const gchar *tagname,
665 GMarkupParser *parser,
667 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
670 const gchar *tagname,
672 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
673 GtkBuilder *builder);
675 static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
676 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
679 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
683 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
686 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
687 GtkOrientation orientation,
690 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
691 GtkOrientation orientation,
695 gint *allocated_size);
697 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
700 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
702 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
705 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
709 static gboolean event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
711 /* --- variables --- */
712 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
713 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
714 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
715 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
716 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
718 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
719 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
720 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
721 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
722 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
723 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
724 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
725 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
726 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
727 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
728 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
729 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
730 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
731 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
732 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
733 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
734 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
735 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
736 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
737 static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
738 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
739 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
741 /* --- functions --- */
743 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
745 static GType widget_type = 0;
747 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
749 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
751 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
752 gtk_widget_base_class_init,
753 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
754 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
755 NULL, /* class_finalize */
756 NULL, /* class_init */
759 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
760 NULL, /* value_table */
763 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
765 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
766 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
767 NULL /* interface data */
770 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
772 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
773 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
774 NULL /* interface data */
777 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
778 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
780 g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
782 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
783 &accessibility_info) ;
784 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
792 gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
794 GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
796 klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
800 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
804 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
807 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
808 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
809 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
812 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
813 GValue *return_value,
814 guint n_param_values,
815 const GValue *param_values,
816 gpointer invocation_hint,
817 gpointer marshal_data)
819 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
823 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
834 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv (GClosure *closure,
835 GValue *return_value,
838 gpointer marshal_data,
845 G_VA_COPY (args_copy, args);
846 cr = va_arg (args_copy, gpointer);
850 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv (closure,
862 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
864 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
865 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
866 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
868 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
870 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
871 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
872 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
873 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
874 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
875 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
876 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
877 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
878 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
879 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
880 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
881 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
882 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
883 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
884 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
885 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
886 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
887 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
888 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
889 quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
891 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
892 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
893 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
894 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
895 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
897 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
898 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
899 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
900 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
902 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
904 klass->activate_signal = 0;
905 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
906 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
907 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
908 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
909 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
910 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
911 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
912 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
913 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
914 klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
915 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
916 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
917 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
918 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
919 klass->state_changed = NULL;
920 klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
921 klass->parent_set = NULL;
922 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
923 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
924 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
925 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
926 klass->child_notify = NULL;
928 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
929 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
930 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
931 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
932 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
934 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
935 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
936 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
937 klass->touch_event = gtk_widget_real_touch_event;
938 klass->delete_event = NULL;
939 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
940 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
941 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
942 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
943 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
944 klass->configure_event = NULL;
945 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
946 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
947 klass->map_event = NULL;
948 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
949 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
950 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
951 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
952 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
953 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
954 klass->selection_received = NULL;
955 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
956 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
957 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
958 klass->drag_end = NULL;
959 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
960 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
961 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
962 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
963 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
964 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
965 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
966 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
967 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
968 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
970 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
972 /* Accessibility support */
973 klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
974 klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
975 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
977 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
978 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
980 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
982 g_param_spec_string ("name",
984 P_("The name of the widget"),
986 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
987 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
989 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
991 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
993 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
995 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
997 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
999 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1003 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1004 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1005 PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
1006 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
1007 P_("Height request"),
1008 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1012 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1013 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1015 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
1017 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
1019 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1020 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1022 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
1024 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
1026 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1027 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1029 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
1030 P_("Application paintable"),
1031 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
1033 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1034 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1036 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
1038 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
1040 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1041 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1043 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
1045 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
1047 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1048 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1050 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
1052 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
1054 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1055 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1057 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
1059 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
1061 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1062 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1064 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
1066 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
1068 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1069 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1070 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
1071 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
1072 P_("Receives default"),
1073 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
1075 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1076 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1077 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
1078 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
1079 P_("Composite child"),
1080 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1082 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1083 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1085 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1087 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1089 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1090 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1092 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1094 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1095 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1097 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1098 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1100 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1102 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1104 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1107 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1109 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1110 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1111 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1112 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1114 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1115 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1116 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1117 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1121 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1123 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1125 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1127 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1129 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1131 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1133 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1135 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1136 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1137 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1138 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1142 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1144 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1146 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1148 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1150 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1152 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1153 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1154 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1156 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1157 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1158 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1159 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1163 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1164 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1165 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1166 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1167 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1169 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1174 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1178 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1180 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1182 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1184 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1187 * GtkWidget:double-buffered
1189 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1193 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1194 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1195 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1196 P_("Double Buffered"),
1197 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1199 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1204 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1208 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1210 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1211 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1212 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1215 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1220 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1224 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1226 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1227 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1228 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1231 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1234 * GtkWidget:margin-left
1236 * Margin on left side of widget.
1238 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1239 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1240 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1244 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1246 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1247 P_("Margin on Left"),
1248 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1252 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1255 * GtkWidget:margin-right
1257 * Margin on right side of widget.
1259 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1260 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1261 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1265 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1267 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1268 P_("Margin on Right"),
1269 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1273 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1276 * GtkWidget:margin-top
1278 * Margin on top side of widget.
1280 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1281 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1282 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1286 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1288 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1289 P_("Margin on Top"),
1290 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1294 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1297 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom
1299 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1301 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1302 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1303 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1307 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1309 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1310 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1311 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1315 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1320 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1321 * margin on any side.
1325 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1327 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1329 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1333 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1336 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1337 * @object: the object which received the signal
1339 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1340 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1341 * if all references are released.
1343 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1344 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1345 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1346 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1347 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1349 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1355 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1359 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1361 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1362 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1363 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1365 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1368 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set
1370 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1374 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1376 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1377 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1378 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1380 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1385 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1389 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1391 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1392 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1393 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1395 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1398 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set
1400 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1404 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1406 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1407 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1408 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1410 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1415 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1419 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1421 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1423 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1425 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1429 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1431 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1432 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1433 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1435 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1437 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1442 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1444 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1445 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1446 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1448 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1450 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1455 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1457 widget_signals[MAP] =
1458 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1459 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1461 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1463 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1468 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1470 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1471 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1472 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1474 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1476 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1480 * GtkWidget::realize:
1481 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1483 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1484 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1485 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1487 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1489 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1493 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1494 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1496 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1497 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1498 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1500 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1502 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1506 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1507 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1510 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1511 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1512 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1514 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1516 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1518 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1521 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1522 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1523 * @state: the previous state
1525 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1526 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1528 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1530 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1531 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1532 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1534 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1536 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1538 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1541 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1542 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1543 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1545 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1546 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1550 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1551 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1552 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1554 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1556 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1558 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1561 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1562 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1563 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1564 * just got its initial parent.
1566 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1567 * has been set on a widget.
1569 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1570 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1571 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1573 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1575 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1580 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1581 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1582 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1583 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1585 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1586 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1587 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1588 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1589 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1591 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1592 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1593 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1595 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1597 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1602 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1603 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1604 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1605 * just got its initial style
1607 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1608 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1609 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1611 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1612 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1613 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1615 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1617 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1618 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1619 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1621 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1623 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1628 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1629 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1631 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1632 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1633 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1637 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1638 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1639 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1641 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1643 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1647 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1648 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1649 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1651 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1652 * of a widget changes.
1654 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1655 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1656 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1658 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1660 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1662 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1665 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1666 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1667 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1668 * if it becomes unshadowed
1670 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1671 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1672 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1675 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1676 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1679 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1680 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1681 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1683 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1685 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1690 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1691 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1692 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1694 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1695 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1696 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1698 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1699 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1700 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1701 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1702 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1704 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1710 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1711 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1713 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1714 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1715 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1716 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1717 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1719 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1720 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1721 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1722 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1726 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1727 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1728 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1730 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1731 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1732 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1734 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1735 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DRAW], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1736 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv);
1739 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1740 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1743 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1744 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1745 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1747 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1748 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1749 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1754 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1755 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1757 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1758 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1759 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1760 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1761 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1763 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1768 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1771 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1773 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1774 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1775 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1777 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1778 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1779 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1781 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1784 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1785 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1788 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1789 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1790 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1791 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1792 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1794 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1797 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1800 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1801 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1802 * @direction: the direction of movement
1804 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1805 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1807 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1808 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1809 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1813 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1814 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1815 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1817 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1818 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1819 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1821 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1825 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1826 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1828 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1829 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1830 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1831 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1832 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1834 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1835 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1836 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1837 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1840 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1841 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1842 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1844 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1845 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1846 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1848 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1849 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1850 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1853 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1854 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1855 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1857 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1858 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1859 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1862 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1863 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1864 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1868 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1870 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1871 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1872 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1875 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1876 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1877 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1880 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1881 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1883 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1884 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1886 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1888 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1889 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1891 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1892 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1893 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1895 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1896 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1897 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1899 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1900 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1901 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1904 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1905 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1906 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1909 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1910 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1912 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1913 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1915 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1917 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1918 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1920 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1921 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1922 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1924 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1925 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1926 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1928 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1929 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1930 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1932 widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT] =
1933 g_signal_new (I_("touch-event"),
1934 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1936 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, touch_event),
1937 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1938 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1940 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1941 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1942 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1945 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1946 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1947 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1950 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1951 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1952 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1954 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1955 * to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1957 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1959 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1960 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1962 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1963 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1964 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1966 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1967 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1968 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1970 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1971 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1972 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1975 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1976 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1977 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1980 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1981 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1983 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1984 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1986 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1988 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1989 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1991 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1992 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
1993 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1995 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
1996 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1997 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1999 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2000 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2001 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2004 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
2005 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2007 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
2008 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
2009 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
2011 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
2012 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
2013 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2014 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2015 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
2017 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2021 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
2022 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2023 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2025 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
2026 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
2027 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
2028 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
2029 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
2031 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2032 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2034 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
2035 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
2036 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2038 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
2039 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2040 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2042 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2043 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2044 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2047 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
2048 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2049 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2051 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
2052 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
2053 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
2054 * window at destroy time.
2056 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2057 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2058 * automatically for all new windows.
2060 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2061 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2063 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
2064 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
2065 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2067 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
2068 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2069 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2071 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2072 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2073 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2076 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
2077 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2078 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2080 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
2081 * emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
2083 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2084 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
2086 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2088 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2089 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2091 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
2092 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
2093 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2095 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
2096 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2097 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2099 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2100 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2101 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2104 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
2105 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2106 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2108 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
2110 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2111 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
2113 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2115 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2116 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2118 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2119 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2120 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2122 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2123 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2124 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2126 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2127 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2128 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2131 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2132 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2133 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2136 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2137 * the @widget's window.
2139 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2140 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2142 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2144 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2145 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2147 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2148 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2149 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2151 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2152 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2153 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2155 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2156 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2157 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2160 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2161 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2162 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2165 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2166 * the @widget's window.
2168 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2169 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2171 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2173 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2174 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2176 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2177 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2178 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2180 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2181 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2182 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2184 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2185 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2186 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2189 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2190 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2191 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2194 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2195 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2197 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2198 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2199 * automatically for all new windows.
2201 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2202 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2204 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2205 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2206 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2208 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2209 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2210 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2212 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2213 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2214 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2217 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2218 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2219 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2222 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2223 * enters the @widget's window.
2225 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2226 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2228 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2229 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2231 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2232 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2233 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2235 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2236 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2237 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2239 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2240 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2241 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2244 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2245 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2246 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2249 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2250 * leaves the @widget's window.
2252 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2253 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2255 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2256 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2258 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2259 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2260 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2262 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2263 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2264 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2266 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2267 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2268 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2271 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2272 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2273 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2275 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2276 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2278 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2279 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2280 * automatically for all new windows.
2282 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2283 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2285 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2286 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2287 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2289 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2290 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2291 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2293 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2294 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2295 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2298 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2299 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2300 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2302 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2303 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2305 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2306 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2307 * automatically for all new windows.
2309 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2310 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2312 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2313 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2314 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2316 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2317 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2318 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2320 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2321 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2322 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2325 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2326 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2327 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2330 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2331 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2333 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2334 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2336 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2337 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2339 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2340 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2341 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2343 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2344 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2345 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2347 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2348 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2349 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2352 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2353 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2354 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2357 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2358 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2360 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2361 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2363 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2364 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2365 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2367 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2368 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2369 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2371 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2372 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2373 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2376 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2377 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2378 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2381 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2382 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2383 * the @widget's window.
2385 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2386 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2388 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2389 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2390 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2392 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2393 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2394 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2396 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2397 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2398 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2401 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2402 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2403 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
2405 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2407 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2408 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2409 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2411 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2412 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2413 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2415 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2416 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2417 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2420 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2421 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2425 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2426 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2427 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2429 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2431 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2433 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2437 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2438 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2443 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2444 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2445 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2447 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2449 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2451 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2456 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2457 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2458 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2461 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2462 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2464 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2466 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2467 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2469 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2470 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2471 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2473 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2474 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2475 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2477 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2478 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2479 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2482 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2483 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2484 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2487 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2488 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2490 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2492 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2493 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2495 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2496 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2497 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2499 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2500 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2501 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2503 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2504 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2505 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2508 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2509 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2510 * @drag_context: the drag context
2511 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2513 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2514 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2515 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2516 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2518 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2519 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2520 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2522 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2524 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2526 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2530 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2531 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2532 * @drag_context: the drag context
2534 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2535 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2536 * custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
2538 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2539 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2540 * override what the default handler did.
2542 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2543 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2544 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2546 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2548 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2550 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2553 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2554 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2555 * @drag_context: the drag context
2557 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2558 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2559 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2561 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2562 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2563 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2565 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2567 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2569 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2572 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2573 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2574 * @drag_context: the drag context
2576 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2577 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2578 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2579 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2581 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2582 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2583 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2585 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2587 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2589 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2592 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2593 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2594 * @drag_context: the drag context
2595 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2597 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2598 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2599 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2600 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2601 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2603 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2607 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2608 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2609 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2611 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2612 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2613 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2615 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2616 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2619 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2620 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2621 * @drag_context: the drag context
2622 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2623 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2624 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2626 * The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2627 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2628 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2629 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2630 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2631 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2632 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2634 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2635 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2636 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2637 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2638 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2639 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2640 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2642 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2643 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2644 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2645 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2646 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2649 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2650 * GdkDragContext *context,
2657 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2659 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2661 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2662 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2665 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2666 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2667 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2670 * private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
2671 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2678 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2679 * GdkDragContext *context,
2682 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2686 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2688 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2690 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2692 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2693 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2694 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
2697 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2698 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2699 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2701 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2705 * /* accept the drop */
2710 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2712 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2713 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2714 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2716 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2717 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2718 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2720 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2726 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2727 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2728 * @drag_context: the drag context
2729 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2730 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2731 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2733 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2734 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2735 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2736 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2737 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2738 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2739 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2740 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2741 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2742 * or more of the supported targets.
2744 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2746 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2747 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2748 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2750 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2751 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2752 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2754 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2760 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2761 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2762 * @drag_context: the drag context
2763 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2764 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2766 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2768 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2769 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2770 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2771 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2772 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2774 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2775 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2776 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2778 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2780 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2782 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2783 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2788 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2789 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2790 * @drag_context: the drag context
2791 * @x: where the drop happened
2792 * @y: where the drop happened
2793 * @data: the received data
2794 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2796 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2798 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2799 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2800 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2801 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2802 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2803 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2804 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2805 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
2806 * the data was processed successfully.
2808 * The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
2809 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
2810 * following example:
2813 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2814 * GdkDragContext *drag_context,
2817 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2821 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2823 * if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2825 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2828 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2829 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2830 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2832 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2833 * "Move the data ?\n");
2834 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2835 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2837 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2838 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2840 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2843 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
2847 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2851 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2852 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2853 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2855 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2857 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2859 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2862 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2867 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2868 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2869 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2870 * triggered this signal.
2872 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2873 * is obscured or unobscured.
2875 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2876 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2878 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2879 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2881 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2882 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2883 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2885 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2886 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2887 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2889 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2892 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2893 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2894 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2895 * triggered this signal.
2897 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2898 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2900 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2901 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2902 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2904 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2905 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2907 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2908 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2909 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2911 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2912 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2913 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2915 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2916 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2917 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2920 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2921 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2922 * @event: (type Gdk.EventExpose): the #GdkEventExpose event
2924 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2925 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2926 * drawable was drawn into.
2928 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2929 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2933 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2934 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2935 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2937 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2938 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2939 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2941 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2942 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2943 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2946 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2947 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2948 * @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2950 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2951 * to @widget gets broken.
2953 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2954 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2955 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2957 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2958 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2962 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2963 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2964 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2966 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2967 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2968 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2970 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2971 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2972 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2975 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2976 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2977 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2978 * been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
2979 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2980 * been emitted, relative to @widget's top
2981 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2982 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2984 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2985 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2986 * focus in keyboard mode.
2988 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
2989 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
2990 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
2991 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
2992 * should not be used.
2994 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
2995 * destined function calls.
2997 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
3001 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
3002 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
3003 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3005 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
3006 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3007 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
3015 * GtkWidget::popup-menu
3016 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3018 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
3019 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
3020 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
3021 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
3022 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
3023 * for an example of how to use this signal.
3025 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
3027 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
3028 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
3029 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3030 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3031 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
3032 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3033 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
3037 * GtkWidget::show-help:
3038 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3041 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
3042 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
3043 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3044 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3045 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
3046 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3047 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
3049 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
3052 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
3053 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3055 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
3056 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
3057 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3061 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
3065 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
3066 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
3067 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
3068 * widget was not associated with a screen before
3070 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
3071 * screen of a widget has changed.
3073 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
3074 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
3075 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3077 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
3079 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
3084 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
3085 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3086 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
3088 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
3089 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
3090 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
3091 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
3092 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
3094 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
3096 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
3097 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
3098 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3100 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
3101 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3102 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
3103 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
3105 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
3106 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3108 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
3111 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3113 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3114 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3115 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3117 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3118 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3119 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3121 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3122 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3123 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3125 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3126 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3128 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3129 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
3130 P_("Interior Focus"),
3131 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
3133 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3135 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3136 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
3137 P_("Focus linewidth"),
3138 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
3140 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3142 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3143 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3144 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3145 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3147 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3148 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3149 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3150 P_("Focus padding"),
3151 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3153 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3154 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3155 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3157 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3159 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3160 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3161 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3162 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3163 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3165 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3166 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3167 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3168 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3169 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3171 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3173 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3174 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3175 P_("Window dragging"),
3176 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3178 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3181 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3183 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3187 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3188 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3189 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3190 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3192 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3195 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3197 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3201 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3202 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3203 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3204 P_("Color of visited links"),
3206 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3209 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3211 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3212 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3216 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3217 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3218 P_("Wide Separators"),
3219 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3221 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3224 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3226 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3227 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3231 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3232 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3233 P_("Separator Width"),
3234 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3236 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3239 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3241 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3242 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3246 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3247 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3248 P_("Separator Height"),
3249 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3251 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3254 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3256 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3257 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3261 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3262 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3263 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3264 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3266 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3269 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3271 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3272 * vertical scroll arrows.
3276 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3277 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3278 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3279 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3281 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3283 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3285 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
3289 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3293 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3294 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3296 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3298 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3299 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3305 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3307 const GValue *value,
3310 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3315 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3316 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3317 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3320 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3323 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3325 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3326 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3328 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3329 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3332 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3334 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3335 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3337 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3338 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3340 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3341 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3343 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3344 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3345 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3348 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3349 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3351 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3352 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3354 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3355 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3356 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3358 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3359 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3362 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3365 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3366 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3368 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3369 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3371 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3372 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3373 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3375 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3376 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3377 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3379 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3380 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3382 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3384 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3385 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3388 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3389 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3391 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3392 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3393 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3394 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3396 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3397 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3399 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3401 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3402 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3404 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3405 tooltip_text = NULL;
3407 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3409 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3410 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3412 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3413 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3414 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3415 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3417 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3418 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3421 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3424 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3426 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3427 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3429 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3430 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3432 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3433 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3435 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3436 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3439 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3440 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3441 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3442 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3443 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3444 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3447 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3449 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3450 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3453 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3455 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3456 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3459 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3460 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3461 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3462 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3465 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3471 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3476 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3477 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3485 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3487 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3490 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3492 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3495 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3496 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3499 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3502 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3503 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3507 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3509 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3510 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3512 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3513 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3515 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3516 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3518 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3519 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3522 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3524 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3525 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3527 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3528 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3530 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3531 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3533 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3534 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3537 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3540 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3541 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3543 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3544 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3546 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3547 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3549 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3551 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3554 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3555 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3557 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3560 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3561 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3564 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3566 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3567 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3570 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3573 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3575 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3576 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3578 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3579 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3581 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3582 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3584 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3585 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3589 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3590 if (aux_info == NULL)
3592 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3596 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3597 aux_info->margin.right),
3598 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3599 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3604 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3606 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3607 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3610 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3612 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3613 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3616 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3617 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3618 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3621 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3627 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3629 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3631 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3634 priv = widget->priv;
3636 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3638 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3639 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3640 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3641 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3642 priv->window = NULL;
3643 priv->parent = NULL;
3645 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3646 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3647 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3648 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3649 priv->width_request_needed = TRUE;
3650 priv->height_request_needed = TRUE;
3651 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3653 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3654 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3655 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3657 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3658 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3660 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3662 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3663 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3668 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3670 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3672 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3673 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3676 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3677 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3681 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3682 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3684 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3685 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3688 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3691 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3693 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3695 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3698 g_object_ref (widget);
3699 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3700 g_object_unref (widget);
3704 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3705 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3706 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3707 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3709 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3710 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3713 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3715 * Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
3718 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3719 const gchar *child_property)
3721 if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
3724 gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
3728 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3729 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3731 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3732 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3736 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3738 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3740 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3742 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3745 g_object_ref (widget);
3746 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3747 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3748 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3749 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3751 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3752 g_object_unref (widget);
3758 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3759 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3760 * @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3763 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3764 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3765 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3766 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3767 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3768 * cast the object yourself.
3770 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3773 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3774 const gchar *first_property_name,
3780 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3782 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3783 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3790 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3792 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3795 parent = priv->parent;
3796 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3797 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3800 priv->allocation.width,
3801 priv->allocation.height);
3805 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3806 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3808 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3809 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3810 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3813 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3815 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3816 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3817 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3818 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3820 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3822 priv = widget->priv;
3824 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3827 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3829 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3831 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3832 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3834 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3835 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3836 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3838 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3839 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3841 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3843 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3844 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3845 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3846 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3848 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3849 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3851 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3853 if (priv->in_reparent)
3854 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3856 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3859 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3860 * to emit hierarchy changed
3862 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3863 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3867 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3868 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3869 * in the next parent.
3871 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3873 old_parent = priv->parent;
3874 priv->parent = NULL;
3876 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3877 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3880 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3881 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3882 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3883 priv->computed_vexpand))
3885 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3888 /* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
3889 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
3891 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
3893 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3896 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3897 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3900 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3901 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3902 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3903 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3905 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3907 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3908 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3910 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3911 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3913 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3914 g_object_unref (widget);
3918 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3919 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3921 * Destroys a widget.
3924 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3925 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3926 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3927 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3928 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3929 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3930 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3931 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3933 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3934 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3935 * be destroyed as well.
3938 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3940 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3942 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3943 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3947 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3948 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3949 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3951 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3952 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3953 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3954 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3955 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3956 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3957 * of the same dialog.
3960 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3961 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3963 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3965 * Even check widget_pointer.
3968 *widget_pointer = NULL;
3973 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3975 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
3976 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
3977 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
3978 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
3980 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
3981 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
3983 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
3984 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
3985 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
3988 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3990 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3992 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3994 g_object_ref (widget);
3995 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3997 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3998 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4000 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
4003 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4004 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4005 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4007 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
4008 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
4011 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
4012 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4014 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4015 g_object_unref (widget);
4020 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4022 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4024 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4026 priv->visible = TRUE;
4029 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
4030 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
4031 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4032 gtk_widget_map (widget);
4037 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
4040 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
4041 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
4046 * gtk_widget_show_now:
4047 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4049 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
4050 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
4051 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
4052 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
4056 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
4060 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4062 /* make sure we will get event */
4063 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
4064 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4066 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4068 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
4069 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
4073 gtk_main_iteration ();
4076 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4081 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4083 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
4084 * hidden (invisible to the user).
4087 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4089 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4091 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4093 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
4095 g_object_ref (widget);
4096 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4098 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
4099 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
4101 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
4102 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4103 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4104 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4106 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
4109 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
4110 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4111 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4112 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4114 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4115 g_object_unref (widget);
4120 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4122 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4124 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
4126 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4127 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4132 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4133 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4135 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4136 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4137 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4138 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4139 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4140 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4143 * Return value: %TRUE
4146 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4148 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4150 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4156 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4157 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4159 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4163 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4165 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4167 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4169 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4172 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4174 if (class->show_all)
4175 class->show_all (widget);
4179 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (GtkWidget *widget,
4187 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE:
4188 state = GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
4190 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT:
4191 state = GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
4193 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED:
4194 state = GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
4196 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE:
4197 state = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
4199 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT:
4200 state = GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
4202 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED:
4203 state = GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
4209 gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (widget->priv->context,
4210 gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
4211 NULL, state, target);
4214 /* Initializes state transitions for those states that
4215 * were enabled before mapping and have a looping animation.
4218 _gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (GtkWidget *widget)
4220 GtkStateFlags state, flag;
4222 if (!widget->priv->context)
4225 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
4226 flag = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
4230 GtkAnimationDescription *animation_desc;
4232 if ((state & flag) == 0)
4238 gtk_style_context_get (widget->priv->context, state,
4239 "transition", &animation_desc,
4244 if (_gtk_animation_description_get_loop (animation_desc))
4245 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, TRUE);
4247 _gtk_animation_description_unref (animation_desc);
4256 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4258 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4259 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4262 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4264 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4266 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4267 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4268 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4270 priv = widget->priv;
4272 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4274 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4276 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4277 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4279 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4281 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4282 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4284 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4286 _gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (widget);
4292 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4294 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4295 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4298 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4300 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4302 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4304 priv = widget->priv;
4306 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4308 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4310 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4311 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4312 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4313 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4315 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4318 gtk_style_context_cancel_animations (priv->context, NULL);
4320 /* Unset pointer/window info */
4321 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
4326 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4328 GHashTable *device_events;
4329 GHashTableIter iter;
4330 gpointer key, value;
4332 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4337 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4339 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4342 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4345 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4346 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4351 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4353 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4355 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4356 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4358 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4360 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4363 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4365 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4367 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4369 if (widget != window_widget)
4372 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4373 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4377 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4378 last = g_list_last (last);
4382 g_list_free (window_list);
4388 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4391 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4392 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4396 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4399 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4400 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4404 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4409 GList *window_list, *l;
4411 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4413 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4415 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4421 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4423 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4426 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4429 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4431 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4434 g_list_free (window_list);
4438 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4441 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4443 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4445 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4446 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4450 * gtk_widget_realize:
4451 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4453 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4454 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4455 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4456 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4457 * realized and mapped automatically.
4459 * Realizing a widget requires all
4460 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4461 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4462 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4463 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4465 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4466 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4467 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4468 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4469 * #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4470 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4473 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4475 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4476 cairo_region_t *region;
4478 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4479 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4480 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4482 priv = widget->priv;
4484 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4486 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4489 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4490 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4493 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4494 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4495 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4496 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4497 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4499 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4500 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4502 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4504 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4505 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4507 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4509 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4510 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4513 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4515 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4516 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4519 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4521 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4523 if (priv->multidevice)
4524 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4526 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4527 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4529 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4534 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4535 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4537 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4538 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4539 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4542 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4544 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4546 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4548 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4549 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4551 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4552 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4554 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4556 g_object_ref (widget);
4558 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4559 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4561 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4562 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4563 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4565 g_object_unref (widget);
4568 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4571 /*****************************************
4573 *****************************************/
4576 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4577 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4578 * @region: region to draw
4580 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4581 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4582 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4583 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4584 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4587 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4588 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4589 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4594 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4595 const cairo_region_t *region)
4597 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4600 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4602 priv = widget->priv;
4604 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4607 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4608 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4609 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4612 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4616 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4617 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4618 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4619 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4620 * @width: width of region to draw
4621 * @height: height of region to draw
4623 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4624 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4626 * The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
4627 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
4628 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
4629 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
4630 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
4633 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4640 cairo_region_t *region;
4642 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4647 rect.height = height;
4649 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4650 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4651 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4655 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4656 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4658 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4659 * entire area of a widget.
4662 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4666 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4668 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4670 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4671 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4672 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4674 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4675 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4679 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4680 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4682 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4683 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4684 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4685 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4686 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4688 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4689 * from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4690 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4691 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4694 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4696 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4698 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4699 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4701 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4705 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4706 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4708 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4709 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4714 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4716 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4718 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4722 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4723 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4724 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4726 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4727 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4728 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4729 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4731 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4732 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4733 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4734 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4736 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4737 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4739 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4742 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4743 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4745 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4747 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4751 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4752 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4753 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4755 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4756 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4757 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4758 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4761 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4762 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4763 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4764 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4765 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4767 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4768 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4769 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4770 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4771 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4772 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4775 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4778 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4779 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4781 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4785 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4790 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4792 return (user_data == data);
4795 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4796 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4797 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4798 * modified by this call.
4801 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4802 cairo_region_t *region)
4804 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4806 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4809 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4813 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4814 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4817 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4818 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4822 * gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
4823 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4825 * Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
4826 * by @widget are invalidated.
4829 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4832 cairo_region_t *region;
4834 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4837 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4839 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4840 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
4841 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4845 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4846 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4847 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4849 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4850 * and position to their child widgets.
4852 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4853 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4854 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4855 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4856 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4859 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4860 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4862 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4863 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4864 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4865 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4866 gboolean alloc_needed;
4867 gboolean size_changed;
4868 gboolean position_changed;
4869 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4870 gint min_width, min_height;
4872 priv = widget->priv;
4874 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4876 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4878 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4879 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4890 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4893 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4894 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4895 2 * depth, " ", name,
4896 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4898 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4900 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4901 if (!priv->width_request_needed && !priv->height_request_needed)
4902 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4903 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4905 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4906 real_allocation = *allocation;
4908 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4909 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4911 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4912 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4913 * when aligning implicitly.
4915 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4916 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &min_height, &natural_height);
4920 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4921 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4922 * when aligning implicitly.
4924 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4925 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &min_width, &natural_width);
4928 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4929 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4931 if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
4932 !GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
4933 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
4934 "Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
4935 priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
4936 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4937 real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4938 min_width, min_height);
4941 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4942 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4943 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4944 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4947 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4948 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4949 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4950 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4953 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4954 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4956 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4957 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4958 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4959 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4960 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4961 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4963 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4964 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4965 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4966 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4967 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4971 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4974 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4976 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4977 real_allocation.width,
4978 real_allocation.height);
4981 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4982 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4984 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4985 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4986 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4987 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4989 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4992 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4994 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4995 priv->width_request_needed = FALSE;
4996 priv->height_request_needed = FALSE;
4997 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4999 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
5001 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
5003 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
5005 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
5006 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
5008 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
5009 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
5014 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
5016 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
5018 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
5019 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
5021 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
5022 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
5026 if (size_changed || position_changed)
5028 GtkStyleContext *context;
5030 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
5031 _gtk_style_context_invalidate_animation_areas (context);
5035 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
5036 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
5038 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
5039 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
5040 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
5044 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
5048 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
5049 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
5050 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
5052 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
5053 * is closest to the two widgets.
5055 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
5056 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
5057 * share a common ancestor.
5060 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
5061 GtkWidget *widget_b)
5063 GtkWidget *parent_a;
5064 GtkWidget *parent_b;
5068 parent_a = widget_a;
5069 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
5071 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
5075 parent_b = widget_b;
5076 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
5078 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
5082 if (parent_a != parent_b)
5085 while (depth_a > depth_b)
5087 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5091 while (depth_b > depth_a)
5093 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5097 while (widget_a != widget_b)
5099 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5100 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5107 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
5108 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
5109 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
5110 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
5111 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
5112 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
5113 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
5115 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
5116 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
5117 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
5120 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
5121 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
5122 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
5125 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
5126 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
5132 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
5133 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
5134 GtkWidget *ancestor;
5136 GList *dest_list = NULL;
5138 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
5139 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5141 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5142 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5145 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5146 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5149 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5151 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5152 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5156 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5157 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5160 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5161 window = src_priv->window;
5162 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5166 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5171 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5173 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5178 window = dest_priv->window;
5179 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5181 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5183 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5185 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5187 g_list_free (dest_list);
5196 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5201 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5204 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5205 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5208 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5210 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5211 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5215 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5216 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5228 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5229 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5231 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5233 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5235 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5236 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5238 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5239 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5240 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5244 /* translate initial/final into start/end */
5246 effective_align (GtkAlign align,
5247 GtkTextDirection direction)
5251 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5252 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
5254 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
5261 adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
5263 gint *allocated_pos,
5264 gint *allocated_size)
5268 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5269 /* change nothing */
5271 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5272 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5273 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5276 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5278 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5279 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5282 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5283 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5285 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5286 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5293 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5297 gint *allocated_pos,
5298 gint *allocated_size)
5300 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5301 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5302 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5303 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5307 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5308 GtkOrientation orientation,
5311 gint *allocated_pos,
5312 gint *allocated_size)
5314 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5316 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5318 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5320 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5321 aux_info->margin.right,
5322 minimum_size, natural_size,
5323 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5324 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->halign, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
5325 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5329 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5330 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5331 minimum_size, natural_size,
5332 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5333 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
5334 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5339 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5342 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5344 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5345 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5346 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5347 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5351 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5352 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5353 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5355 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5356 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5357 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5358 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5359 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5360 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5361 * its ancestors mapped.
5363 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5368 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5371 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5372 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5373 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5374 return can_activate;
5383 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5384 GValue *return_value,
5385 guint n_param_values,
5386 const GValue *param_values,
5387 gpointer invocation_hint,
5388 gpointer marshal_data)
5390 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5391 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5394 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5396 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5397 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5401 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5403 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5405 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5407 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5408 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5410 g_slist_free (closures);
5414 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5417 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5418 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5419 GSList *slist, *closures;
5421 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5422 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5423 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5425 /* reuse this closure */
5426 closure = slist->data;
5431 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5432 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5433 g_closure_sink (closure);
5434 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5436 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5438 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5439 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5440 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5441 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5447 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
5448 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5449 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5450 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5451 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5452 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5453 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5455 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5456 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5457 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5458 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
5459 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5460 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5461 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5462 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5465 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5466 const gchar *accel_signal,
5467 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5469 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5470 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5475 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5476 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5477 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5479 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5480 if (!query.signal_id ||
5481 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5482 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5485 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5486 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5487 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5491 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5493 g_object_ref (widget);
5495 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5496 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5498 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5501 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5504 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5506 g_object_unref (widget);
5510 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5511 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5512 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5513 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5514 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5516 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5517 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5519 * Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5522 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5523 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5525 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5527 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5528 GList *slist, *clist;
5531 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5532 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5534 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5535 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5536 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5540 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5541 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5543 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5545 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5547 g_list_free (clist);
5552 g_list_free (clist);
5554 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5555 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5556 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5562 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5563 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5565 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5566 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5567 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5568 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5569 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5570 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5572 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5573 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5576 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5579 GList *clist = NULL;
5581 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5583 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5584 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5585 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5591 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5596 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5598 AccelPath *apath = data;
5600 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5602 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5603 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5605 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5610 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5611 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5612 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5613 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5615 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5616 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5617 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5618 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5619 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5620 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5621 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5622 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5624 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5625 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5626 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5629 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5630 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5631 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5633 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5634 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5635 * g_intern_static_string().
5638 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5639 const gchar *accel_path,
5640 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5644 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5645 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5649 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5650 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5652 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5653 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5654 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5655 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5656 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5661 /* also removes possible old settings */
5662 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5665 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5667 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5671 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5676 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5678 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5680 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5681 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5685 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5686 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5687 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5689 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5691 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5692 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5695 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5698 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5699 gboolean group_cycling)
5703 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5705 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5706 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5709 g_signal_emit (widget,
5710 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5718 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5719 gboolean group_cycling)
5721 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5722 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5723 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5724 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5727 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5728 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5729 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5734 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5737 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5739 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5741 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5745 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5746 GdkEventExpose *event)
5748 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5752 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5753 * @cr: a cairo context
5754 * @window: the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
5757 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5758 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5759 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5760 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5761 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5762 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5763 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5764 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5765 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5767 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5772 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5775 GdkEventExpose *event;
5777 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5778 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5780 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5782 return event == NULL ||
5783 event->window == window;
5787 gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
5789 /* labels are not clipped, because clipping them would cause
5790 * mnemonics to not appear on characters that go beyond the
5792 * https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=648570
5794 if (GTK_IS_LABEL (widget))
5800 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5804 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5806 gboolean clip_to_size)
5808 GtkStyleContext *context;
5810 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5813 clip_to_size &= gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (widget);
5817 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5819 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5820 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5824 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5828 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5832 if (cairo_status (cr) &&
5833 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr))
5835 /* We check the event so we only warn about internal GTK calls.
5836 * Errors might come from PDF streams having write failures and
5837 * we don't want to spam stderr in that case.
5838 * We do want to catch errors from
5840 g_warning ("drawing failure for widget `%s': %s",
5841 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
5842 cairo_status_to_string (cairo_status (cr)));
5846 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
5847 _gtk_style_context_coalesce_animation_areas (context, widget);
5852 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5853 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5854 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5856 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5857 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5859 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5860 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5861 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5862 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5864 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5865 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5866 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5867 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5868 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5870 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5871 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5872 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5877 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5880 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5882 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5883 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5884 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5887 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5888 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5889 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5891 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5892 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5894 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5896 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5901 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5904 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5908 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5911 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5915 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5916 GdkEventFocus *event)
5918 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
5924 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5925 GdkEventFocus *event)
5927 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
5933 gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5934 GdkEventTouch *event)
5937 gboolean return_val;
5940 if (!event->emulating_pointer)
5943 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
5944 event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
5948 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN)
5950 type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
5951 signum = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5955 type = GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE;
5956 signum = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5958 bevent = gdk_event_new (type);
5959 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5960 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5961 bevent->button.time = event->time;
5962 bevent->button.state = event->state;
5963 bevent->button.button = 1;
5964 bevent->button.x_root = event->x_root;
5965 bevent->button.y_root = event->y_root;
5966 bevent->button.x = event->x;
5967 bevent->button.y = event->y;
5968 bevent->button.device = event->device;
5969 bevent->button.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5970 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5971 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5973 else if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE)
5975 signum = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5976 bevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY);
5977 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5978 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5979 bevent->motion.time = event->time;
5980 bevent->motion.state = event->state;
5981 bevent->motion.x_root = event->x_root;
5982 bevent->motion.y_root = event->y_root;
5983 bevent->motion.x = event->x;
5984 bevent->motion.y = event->y;
5985 bevent->motion.device = event->device;
5986 bevent->motion.is_hint = FALSE;
5987 bevent->motion.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5988 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5989 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5994 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signum], 0, bevent, &return_val);
5996 gdk_event_free (bevent);
6002 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
6003 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
6007 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6008 * @event: a #GdkEvent
6010 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
6011 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
6012 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
6013 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
6014 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
6015 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
6016 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
6019 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
6020 * the event was handled)
6023 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
6026 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6027 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
6029 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
6031 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
6032 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
6033 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
6037 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
6041 _gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
6042 GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
6044 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler", callback);
6048 _gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
6051 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
6052 GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
6054 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6055 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
6057 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
6059 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
6060 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
6061 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
6065 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
6068 handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler");
6072 g_object_ref (widget);
6074 return_val = handler (widget, event);
6075 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
6077 /* The widget that was originally to receive the event
6078 * handles motion hints, but the capturing widget might
6079 * not, so ensure we get further motion events.
6082 event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY &&
6083 event->motion.is_hint &&
6084 (gdk_window_get_events (event->any.window) &
6085 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK) != 0)
6086 gdk_event_request_motions (&event->motion);
6088 g_object_unref (widget);
6093 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
6095 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
6100 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
6102 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6104 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
6105 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
6113 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
6115 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
6118 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
6135 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
6136 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
6137 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
6138 * @window: the window to transform the context to
6140 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
6141 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
6142 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
6143 * modification will be applied.
6145 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
6146 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
6147 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
6148 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
6153 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
6159 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
6160 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6161 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
6163 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
6164 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
6168 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
6169 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6170 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
6172 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
6173 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
6174 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
6175 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
6176 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
6178 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
6179 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
6180 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
6181 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
6183 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
6184 * the event was handled)
6187 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
6190 gboolean result = FALSE;
6195 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6196 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
6197 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
6198 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
6200 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
6201 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
6203 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
6206 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
6207 event->expose.window,
6209 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
6211 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
6213 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
6214 * don't leak the window. */
6215 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
6222 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
6224 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
6225 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
6226 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
6227 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
6229 switch (event->type)
6232 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6233 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6234 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6235 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6237 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6238 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6240 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
6243 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
6244 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
6245 * on the second half.
6247 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6248 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6249 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6250 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6254 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
6255 * or don't have an associated window.
6262 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6265 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
6267 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
6268 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
6269 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
6272 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
6275 g_object_ref (widget);
6277 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
6278 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
6283 switch (event->type)
6289 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6290 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6291 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6292 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
6294 case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
6295 case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
6297 case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
6298 signal_num = TOUCH_EVENT;
6301 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
6303 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6304 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
6306 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6307 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6310 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
6313 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
6314 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6317 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6319 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6320 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6322 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6323 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6325 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6326 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6328 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6329 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6330 if (event->focus_change.in)
6331 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6333 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6336 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6339 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6342 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6344 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6345 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6347 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6348 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6350 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6351 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6353 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6354 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6356 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6357 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6359 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6360 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6362 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6363 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6365 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6366 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6368 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6369 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6372 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6375 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6379 if (signal_num != -1)
6380 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6382 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6383 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6387 g_object_unref (widget);
6393 * gtk_widget_activate:
6394 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6396 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6397 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6398 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6399 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6401 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6404 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6406 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6408 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6410 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6411 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6420 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6421 GdkWindow *new_window)
6423 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6425 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6427 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6430 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6432 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6435 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6436 while (child && child != widget)
6437 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6440 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6443 g_list_free (children);
6448 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6450 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6453 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6456 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6458 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6460 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6463 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6465 if (child == widget)
6466 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6469 g_list_free (children);
6475 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6476 gpointer client_data)
6478 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6480 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6482 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6485 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6486 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6488 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6490 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6491 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6492 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6498 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6499 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6500 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6502 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6503 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6506 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6507 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6509 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6511 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6512 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6513 priv = widget->priv;
6514 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6516 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6518 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6519 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6520 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6522 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6523 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6525 g_object_ref (widget);
6526 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6527 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6528 g_object_unref (widget);
6530 if (priv->in_reparent)
6532 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6534 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6535 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6536 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6539 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6544 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6545 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6546 * @area: a rectangle
6547 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6549 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6550 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6551 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6552 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6554 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6557 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6558 const GdkRectangle *area,
6559 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6561 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6566 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6567 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6569 priv = widget->priv;
6572 dest = intersection;
6576 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6578 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6580 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6581 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6588 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6589 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6590 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6591 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6592 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6593 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6595 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6596 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6599 * Returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6600 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to
6601 * @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent
6602 * window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6605 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6606 const cairo_region_t *region)
6609 cairo_region_t *dest;
6611 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6612 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6614 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6616 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6618 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6624 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6625 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6626 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6628 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6633 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6634 gboolean was_grabbed)
6636 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6640 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6641 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6643 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6644 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6645 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6647 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6648 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6650 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6651 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6652 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6655 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6657 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6659 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6662 g_object_ref (widget);
6663 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6664 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6665 g_object_unref (widget);
6669 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6672 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6674 GtkContainer *container;
6676 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6677 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6679 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6680 reset_focus_recurse,
6686 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6688 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6690 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6693 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6694 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6695 * be set by the next loop.
6697 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6698 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6700 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6702 if (widget == focus_widget)
6704 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6705 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6706 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6708 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6709 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6716 GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
6718 if (widget != common_ancestor)
6720 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != common_ancestor)
6722 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6723 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6728 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6730 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6731 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6734 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6735 reset_focus_recurse,
6739 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6740 * set it on the window
6742 widget = focus_widget;
6743 while (widget->priv->parent)
6745 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6746 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6748 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6749 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6754 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6757 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6758 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6760 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6761 gboolean has_tooltip;
6763 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6764 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6766 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6768 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6776 gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6777 GtkStateFlags old_state)
6779 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6783 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6785 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6787 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6789 if (priv->style != NULL &&
6790 priv->style != gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
6792 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6793 * widgets not listening to this
6795 g_signal_emit (widget,
6796 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6798 widget->priv->style);
6801 if (widget->priv->context)
6803 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6804 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6805 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6806 widget->priv->window);
6809 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6810 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6814 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6815 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6817 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6819 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6828 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6829 GtkDirectionType direction)
6831 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6834 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6836 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6844 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6845 GtkDirectionType direction)
6847 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6849 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6851 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6857 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6858 GtkDirectionType direction)
6860 gboolean cursor_only;
6864 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6865 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6872 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6873 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6880 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6886 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6887 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6888 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6890 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6891 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6897 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6900 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6902 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6904 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6906 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6907 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6912 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6913 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6915 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6916 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6918 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6923 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6925 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6927 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6931 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6932 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6934 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6935 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6936 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6938 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6943 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6945 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6947 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6951 * gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
6952 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6954 * Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
6955 * it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
6956 * use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
6957 * indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
6958 * @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
6959 * about focus indication.
6961 * To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
6962 * gtk_widget_has_focus().
6964 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle'
6969 gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6971 gboolean draw_focus;
6973 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6975 if (widget->priv->has_focus)
6977 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6979 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6981 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6982 draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6993 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6994 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6996 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6997 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6998 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6999 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
7001 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
7004 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
7006 GtkWidget *toplevel;
7008 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7010 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7012 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7013 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
7019 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
7020 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7021 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
7023 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
7024 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
7030 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7031 gboolean can_default)
7033 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7035 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
7037 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
7039 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7040 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
7045 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
7046 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7048 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
7049 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
7051 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
7056 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7058 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7060 return widget->priv->can_default;
7064 * gtk_widget_has_default:
7065 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7067 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
7068 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
7070 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
7071 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7076 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7078 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7080 return widget->priv->has_default;
7084 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7085 gboolean has_default)
7087 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
7091 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
7092 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7094 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
7095 * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
7096 * yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
7097 * %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
7098 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
7099 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
7100 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
7101 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
7102 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
7105 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7109 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7110 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
7112 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7114 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
7115 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
7117 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
7121 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
7122 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7123 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
7125 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
7126 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7129 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
7135 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7136 gboolean receives_default)
7138 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7140 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
7142 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
7144 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
7149 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
7150 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7152 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
7153 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7156 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
7158 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
7164 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7166 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7168 return widget->priv->receives_default;
7172 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
7173 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7175 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
7176 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
7178 * See also gtk_grab_add().
7180 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
7185 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
7187 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7189 return widget->priv->has_grab;
7193 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
7196 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
7200 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
7201 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7202 * @device: a #GdkDevice
7204 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
7205 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
7206 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
7207 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
7208 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
7210 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
7211 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
7216 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
7219 GtkWindowGroup *group;
7220 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
7222 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7223 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
7225 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
7228 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7230 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7231 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
7233 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
7235 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
7237 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
7239 widget != grab_widget &&
7240 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7243 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
7244 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
7245 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7252 * gtk_widget_set_name:
7253 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7254 * @name: name for the widget
7256 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
7257 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
7258 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
7259 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
7261 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
7262 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
7263 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
7264 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
7268 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
7271 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7274 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7276 priv = widget->priv;
7278 new_name = g_strdup (name);
7279 g_free (priv->name);
7280 priv->name = new_name;
7282 gtk_widget_reset_style (widget);
7284 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
7288 * gtk_widget_get_name:
7289 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7291 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
7292 * significance of widget names.
7294 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
7295 * should not be modified or freed
7298 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
7300 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7302 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7304 priv = widget->priv;
7308 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
7312 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7313 GtkStateFlags flags,
7316 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7318 priv = widget->priv;
7320 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
7321 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
7323 if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7324 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7325 else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7326 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
7327 else if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && !(flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE))
7328 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7330 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7331 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7334 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7339 data.operation = operation;
7341 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7343 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7348 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
7349 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7350 * @flags: State flags to turn on
7351 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
7353 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
7354 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7356 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7357 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7358 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7359 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7360 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7361 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7366 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7367 GtkStateFlags flags,
7370 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7372 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7373 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7377 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7379 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7383 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7384 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7385 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7387 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7388 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7389 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7394 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7395 GtkStateFlags flags)
7397 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7399 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7402 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7406 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7407 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7409 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7410 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7411 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7412 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7414 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7419 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7421 GtkStateFlags flags;
7423 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7425 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7427 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7428 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7434 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7435 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7436 * @state: new state for @widget
7438 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7439 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7440 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7442 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7445 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7448 GtkStateFlags flags;
7450 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7455 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7456 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7458 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7459 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7461 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7462 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7464 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7465 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7467 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7468 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7470 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7471 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7473 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7479 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7483 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7484 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7486 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7488 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7492 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7495 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7497 GtkStateFlags flags;
7499 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7501 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7503 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7504 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7505 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7506 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7507 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7508 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7509 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7510 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7512 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7516 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7517 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7518 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7520 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7521 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7522 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7524 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7525 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7531 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7534 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7536 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7539 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7541 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7546 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7549 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7553 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7554 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7556 * Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
7557 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
7558 * or the widget is obscured in any way.
7560 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7562 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7567 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7569 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7571 return widget->priv->visible;
7575 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7576 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7577 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7579 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7580 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7581 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7582 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7583 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7584 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7585 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7587 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7588 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7593 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7594 gboolean has_window)
7596 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7598 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7602 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7603 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7605 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7606 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7608 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7613 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7615 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7617 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7621 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7622 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7624 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7626 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7627 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7630 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7635 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7637 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7639 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7643 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7644 gboolean is_toplevel)
7646 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7650 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7651 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7653 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7654 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7656 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7661 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7663 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7665 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7666 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7670 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7671 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7673 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7675 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7680 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7682 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7684 return widget->priv->realized;
7688 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7689 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7690 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7692 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7694 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7695 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7700 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7703 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7705 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7709 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7710 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7712 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7714 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7719 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7721 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7723 return widget->priv->mapped;
7727 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7728 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7729 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7731 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7733 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7734 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7739 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7742 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7744 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7748 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7749 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7750 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7752 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7753 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7755 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7756 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7757 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7758 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7759 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7760 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7762 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7765 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7766 gboolean app_paintable)
7768 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7770 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7772 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7774 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7776 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7777 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7779 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7784 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7785 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7787 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7788 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7790 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7792 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7797 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7799 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7801 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7805 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7806 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7807 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7809 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7810 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7811 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7812 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7813 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7814 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7815 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7816 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7817 * primitives being rendered.
7819 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7820 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7821 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7823 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7824 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7825 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7826 * gdk_window_begin_paint()).
7829 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7830 gboolean double_buffered)
7832 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7834 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7836 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7838 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7840 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7845 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7846 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7848 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7850 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7852 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7857 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7859 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7861 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7865 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7866 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7867 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7868 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7869 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7871 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7872 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7873 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7874 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7875 * setting off will improve performance.
7877 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7878 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7879 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7880 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7881 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7882 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7883 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7884 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7887 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7888 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7890 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7892 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7896 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7897 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7898 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7900 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7901 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7902 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7903 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7906 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7909 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7911 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7913 priv = widget->priv;
7915 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7917 if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7920 priv->sensitive = sensitive;
7922 if (priv->parent == NULL
7923 || gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
7927 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7930 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7932 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7934 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7936 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7939 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7943 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7944 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7946 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7947 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7949 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7950 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7952 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7957 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7959 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7961 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7965 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7966 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7968 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7969 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
7971 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7976 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7978 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7980 return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7984 _gtk_widget_update_path (GtkWidget *widget)
7986 if (widget->priv->path)
7988 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
7989 widget->priv->path = NULL;
7992 gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
7996 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7997 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7998 * @parent: parent container
8000 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
8002 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
8003 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
8004 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
8005 * gtk_widget_unparent().
8008 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
8011 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
8012 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8015 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8016 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
8017 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
8019 priv = widget->priv;
8021 if (priv->parent != NULL)
8023 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
8026 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
8028 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
8032 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
8035 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
8037 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
8039 priv->parent = parent;
8041 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
8043 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
8044 * making sure to only propagate the right states */
8045 data.flags = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
8046 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
8048 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
8049 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
8052 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
8053 gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
8054 gtk_widget_reset_style (widget);
8056 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
8057 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
8058 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
8059 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
8061 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
8063 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
8064 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
8066 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
8067 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
8069 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
8070 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
8071 gtk_widget_map (widget);
8073 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8076 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
8077 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
8078 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
8079 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
8080 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
8081 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
8082 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
8084 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
8086 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
8087 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
8088 priv->computed_hexpand ||
8089 priv->computed_vexpand))
8091 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
8094 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
8098 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
8099 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8101 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
8103 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
8106 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
8108 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8110 return widget->priv->parent;
8114 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8117 GtkStyleContext *context;
8119 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8120 gtk_style_context_invalidate (context);
8123 static GtkModifierStyle *
8124 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8126 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8128 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8130 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8132 GtkStyleContext *context;
8134 style = _gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8135 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8136 quark_modifier_style,
8138 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8140 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8141 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8143 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8145 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8146 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8147 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8154 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8155 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8156 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8157 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8158 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8160 * Sets the color to use for a widget.
8162 * All other style values are left untouched.
8165 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
8166 * change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
8167 * library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
8168 * done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
8169 * widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
8170 * and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8172 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
8173 * with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
8174 * to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
8175 * this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
8178 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
8179 * results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
8180 * these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8181 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8188 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8189 GtkStateFlags state,
8190 const GdkRGBA *color)
8192 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8194 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8196 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8197 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8201 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8202 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8203 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8204 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8205 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8207 * Sets the background color to use for a widget.
8209 * All other style values are left untouched.
8210 * See gtk_widget_override_color().
8215 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8216 GtkStateFlags state,
8217 const GdkRGBA *color)
8219 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8221 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8223 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8224 _gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8228 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8229 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8230 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8231 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
8233 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8234 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8239 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8240 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8242 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8244 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8246 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8247 _gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8251 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8252 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8253 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8254 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8255 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8256 * calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
8258 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
8260 * All other style values are left untouched.
8261 * See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8262 * or background color.
8267 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8269 const GdkRGBA *color)
8271 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8273 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8275 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8276 _gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8280 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8281 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8282 * @cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8283 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8284 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8285 * @secondary_cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8286 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8287 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8289 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8290 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8291 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8292 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8294 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8295 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8300 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8301 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8302 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8304 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8306 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8308 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8309 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8311 "cursor-color", cursor);
8312 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8314 "secondary-cursor-color",
8319 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8320 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8322 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8326 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8327 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8332 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8333 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8334 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8335 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8338 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8339 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8340 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8342 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8344 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8348 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8350 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8353 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8355 if (new_screen && priv->context)
8356 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
8358 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8363 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8364 gpointer client_data)
8366 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8367 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8368 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8369 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8371 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8373 g_object_ref (widget);
8375 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8377 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8378 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8380 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8381 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8382 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8385 g_object_unref (widget);
8390 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8391 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8392 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8394 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8395 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8396 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8399 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8400 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8402 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8403 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8405 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8406 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8408 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8409 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8410 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8412 info.new_screen = NULL;
8414 if (info.previous_screen)
8415 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8416 if (previous_toplevel)
8417 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8419 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8421 if (previous_toplevel)
8422 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8423 if (info.previous_screen)
8424 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8428 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8429 gpointer client_data)
8431 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8433 g_object_ref (widget);
8435 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8437 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8438 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8439 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8442 g_object_unref (widget);
8446 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8447 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8449 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8450 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8451 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8453 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8454 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8455 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8457 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8458 * channel being drawn correctly.
8463 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8467 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8469 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8471 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8475 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8478 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8480 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8481 propagate_composited_changed,
8485 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8489 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8491 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8495 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8496 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8497 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8499 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8500 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8503 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8504 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8506 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8508 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8509 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8511 if (previous_screen)
8512 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8514 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8516 if (previous_screen)
8517 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8521 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8523 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
8525 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8526 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8527 reset_style_recurse,
8532 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8533 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8535 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8536 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8537 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8538 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8543 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8545 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8547 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8549 g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
8550 (GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
8553 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8555 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8556 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8557 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8558 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8559 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8562 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8566 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8569 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8571 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8573 /* Mapped implies ... */
8575 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8576 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8577 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8579 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8580 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8581 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8583 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8585 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8586 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8587 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8592 /* Not mapped implies... */
8595 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8596 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8597 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8599 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8601 if (widget->priv->visible)
8602 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8603 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8608 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8609 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8610 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8612 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8615 parent->priv->realized)
8617 /* Parent realized implies... */
8620 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8621 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8622 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8623 * wait for map to fix things up.
8625 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8626 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8627 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8628 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8631 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8633 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8635 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8636 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8637 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8638 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8642 parent->priv->mapped &&
8643 widget->priv->visible &&
8644 widget->priv->child_visible)
8646 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8648 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8649 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8650 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8651 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8653 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8655 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8657 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8658 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8659 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8660 widget->priv->visible,
8661 widget->priv->child_visible,
8662 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8663 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8667 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8669 /* Not realized implies... */
8672 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8673 if (widget->priv->resize_pending)
8674 g_warning ("%s %p resize pending but not realized",
8675 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8677 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8678 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8679 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8681 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8682 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8683 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8685 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8686 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8687 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8692 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8693 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8694 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8697 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8699 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8703 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8704 gpointer client_data)
8706 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8707 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8711 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8713 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8715 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8717 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8719 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8721 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8723 /* Check one level of children, because our
8724 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8725 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8726 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8727 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8728 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8731 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8732 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8737 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8739 static PangoContext *
8740 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8742 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8746 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8747 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8749 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8750 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8751 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8752 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8753 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8754 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
8756 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
8757 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
8758 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
8759 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
8761 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8764 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8766 PangoContext *context;
8768 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8770 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8773 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
8774 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8775 quark_pango_context,
8784 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
8785 PangoContext *context)
8787 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
8788 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
8790 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8792 font_desc = gtk_style_context_get_font (style_context,
8793 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget));
8795 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
8796 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
8797 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
8798 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
8802 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8804 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
8810 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8812 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8815 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
8816 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
8817 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
8818 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
8824 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
8825 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8827 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
8828 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8829 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
8831 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
8834 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8837 PangoContext *context;
8839 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8841 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8844 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
8845 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
8847 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
8850 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
8852 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8853 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
8859 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
8860 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8861 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
8863 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
8864 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8867 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
8868 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
8869 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
8870 * the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
8873 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
8876 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
8879 PangoLayout *layout;
8880 PangoContext *context;
8882 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8884 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
8885 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
8888 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
8894 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
8895 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8896 * @stock_id: a stock ID
8897 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
8898 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
8899 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
8901 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
8902 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
8903 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
8904 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
8905 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
8907 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
8908 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
8909 * after use with g_object_unref().
8911 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
8912 * stock ID wasn't known
8917 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
8918 const gchar *stock_id,
8921 GtkStyleContext *context;
8922 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
8924 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8925 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
8926 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
8928 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8929 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
8931 if (icon_set == NULL)
8934 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
8938 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
8939 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8940 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
8942 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
8944 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
8945 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
8949 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
8950 * window is realized.
8955 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8956 GdkWindow *parent_window)
8958 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
8960 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8962 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
8963 quark_parent_window);
8965 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
8969 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
8971 if (old_parent_window)
8972 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
8974 g_object_ref (parent_window);
8976 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
8977 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
8980 #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
8981 is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
8985 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
8986 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
8991 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
8992 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8994 * Gets @widget's parent window.
8996 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
8999 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9001 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9002 GdkWindow *parent_window;
9004 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9006 priv = widget->priv;
9008 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
9010 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
9011 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
9016 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
9017 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9018 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
9020 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
9021 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
9023 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
9024 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
9025 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
9026 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
9027 * is removed from a container.
9029 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
9030 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
9031 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
9032 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
9033 * can queue a resize itself.
9035 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9036 * never should be called by an application.
9039 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
9040 gboolean is_visible)
9042 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9044 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9045 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
9047 priv = widget->priv;
9049 g_object_ref (widget);
9050 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9053 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
9056 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9058 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9060 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9061 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9062 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9065 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9067 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9068 priv->child_visible &&
9069 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9070 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9072 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9075 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9076 g_object_unref (widget);
9080 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9081 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9083 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9084 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9085 * needs reorganization.
9087 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9088 * never should be called by an application.
9090 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9093 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9095 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9097 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9101 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9103 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9105 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9107 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9109 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9110 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9111 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9112 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9119 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9120 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9122 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9123 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9124 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9127 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9128 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9129 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9131 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9136 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9140 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9142 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9149 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9150 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9151 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9152 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9153 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9155 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9160 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9161 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9163 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9164 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9165 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9166 * window at the top.
9168 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9174 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9176 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9178 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9182 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9183 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9185 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9186 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9187 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9189 * In general, you should only create display specific
9190 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9191 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9193 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9198 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9200 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9202 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9206 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9207 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9209 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9210 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9211 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9213 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9214 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9215 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9216 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9218 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9223 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9225 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9227 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9231 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9232 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9233 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9235 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9236 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9237 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9238 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9239 * functions instead.
9241 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9242 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9243 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9244 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9245 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9246 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9248 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9249 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9250 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9251 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9252 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9253 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9255 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9258 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9259 GtkDirectionType direction)
9261 gboolean return_val;
9263 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9265 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9266 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9269 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9270 * don't have to though.
9272 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9273 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9276 g_signal_emit (widget,
9277 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9279 direction, &return_val);
9285 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9286 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9287 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9289 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9290 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9291 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9292 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9293 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9295 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9296 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9299 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9300 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9301 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9303 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9304 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9305 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9306 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9307 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9308 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9309 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9311 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9312 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9315 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9316 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9317 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9318 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9319 * that require entering license keys.
9321 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9322 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9323 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9328 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9329 GtkDirectionType direction)
9331 gboolean return_val;
9333 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9335 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9336 direction, &return_val);
9342 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9343 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9345 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9346 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9347 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9349 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9350 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9351 * or window manager that is used.
9356 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9358 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9359 GtkSettings* settings;
9362 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9364 priv = widget->priv;
9366 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9370 g_object_get (settings,
9371 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9374 if (beep && priv->window)
9375 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9379 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9382 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9384 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9385 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9387 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9389 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9391 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9393 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9394 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9395 aux_info->width = width;
9398 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9400 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9401 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9402 aux_info->height = height;
9406 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9408 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9409 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9411 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9414 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9418 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9419 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9420 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9421 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9423 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9424 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
9425 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
9428 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9429 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9430 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9431 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9432 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9433 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9435 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9436 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9437 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9438 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9441 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9442 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9443 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9444 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9445 * space than it requested.
9447 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9448 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9450 * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
9451 * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
9453 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9454 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9455 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9456 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9459 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9463 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9464 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9465 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9472 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9477 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9478 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9479 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9480 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9482 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9483 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9484 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9485 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9486 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9487 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9491 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9495 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9497 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9499 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9502 *width = aux_info->width;
9505 *height = aux_info->height;
9509 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9510 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9511 * @width: new forced minimum width
9512 * @height: new forced minimum height
9513 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9514 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minumum height
9516 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9517 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9518 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9519 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9520 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9521 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9522 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9526 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9532 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9533 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9534 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9538 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9539 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9540 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9541 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9543 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9546 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9550 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9551 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9555 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9556 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9557 * @events: event mask
9559 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9560 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9561 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9562 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9563 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9564 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9565 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9566 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9567 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9568 * and receive events on the event box.
9571 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9574 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9575 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9577 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9578 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9579 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9583 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9584 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9585 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9586 * @events: event mask
9588 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9589 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9590 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9591 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9592 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9593 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9594 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9595 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9596 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9597 * and receive events on the event box.
9602 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9604 GdkEventMask events)
9606 GHashTable *device_events;
9608 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9609 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9610 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9612 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9614 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9616 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9617 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9618 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9621 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9625 * gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
9626 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9627 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9628 * @enabled: whether to enable the device
9630 * Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
9631 * and all its children.
9633 * It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
9634 * and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
9635 * (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9640 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9644 GList *enabled_devices;
9646 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9647 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9649 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9650 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9652 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9653 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9655 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9656 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9660 * gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
9661 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9662 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9664 * Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
9665 * children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
9667 * Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
9672 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9675 GList *enabled_devices;
9677 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9678 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9680 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9682 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9686 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9693 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9695 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9698 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9699 if (user_data == widget)
9704 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9706 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9708 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9709 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9710 g_list_free (children);
9716 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9720 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9723 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9724 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9726 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9728 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9730 g_list_free (window_list);
9734 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9735 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9736 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9738 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9739 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9742 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9747 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9749 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9750 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9751 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9753 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9755 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
9756 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
9759 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9763 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
9764 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9765 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9766 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9768 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9769 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
9774 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9776 GdkEventMask events)
9778 GdkEventMask old_events;
9779 GHashTable *device_events;
9781 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9782 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9784 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
9786 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9788 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9790 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9791 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9792 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9795 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
9796 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9798 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9799 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
9801 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9805 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
9806 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9808 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
9809 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
9810 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
9811 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
9813 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
9814 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
9816 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
9817 * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
9818 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
9819 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
9820 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
9822 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
9823 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
9824 * is set on the result.
9826 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9827 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9829 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
9833 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
9834 * if there's no ancestor.
9837 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
9839 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9841 while (widget->priv->parent)
9842 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9848 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
9849 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9850 * @widget_type: ancestor type
9852 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
9853 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
9854 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
9855 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
9856 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
9857 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
9859 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
9860 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
9862 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
9865 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
9868 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9870 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
9871 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9873 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
9880 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
9881 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9882 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
9884 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
9885 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
9886 * returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
9887 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
9889 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
9890 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
9893 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
9896 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9897 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
9900 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
9903 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
9905 g_object_ref (visual),
9910 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
9911 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9913 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
9915 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
9918 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
9924 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9926 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
9927 widget->priv->window)
9928 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
9930 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
9932 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
9934 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
9937 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
9940 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
9941 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
9945 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
9949 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
9950 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9952 * Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
9954 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
9955 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
9956 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
9958 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
9961 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
9963 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9965 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9969 * gtk_widget_get_events:
9970 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9972 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
9973 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
9976 * Return value: event mask for @widget
9979 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
9981 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9983 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9987 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
9988 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9989 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9991 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
9992 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
9994 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
9999 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
10002 GHashTable *device_events;
10004 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
10005 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
10007 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
10009 if (!device_events)
10012 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
10016 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
10017 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10018 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
10019 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
10021 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
10022 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
10023 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
10024 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
10025 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
10027 * Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_window_get_device_position() instead.
10030 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
10034 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10036 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10038 priv = widget->priv;
10045 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10047 gdk_window_get_device_position (priv->window,
10048 gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer (
10049 gdk_display_get_device_manager (
10050 gtk_widget_get_display (widget))),
10053 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10056 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
10058 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10064 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10065 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10066 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10068 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10069 * intermediate containers.
10071 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10072 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10075 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10076 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10078 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10079 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10083 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10085 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10091 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10094 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10095 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10096 * @name: the name to set
10098 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10099 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10102 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10105 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10106 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10107 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10109 if (!quark_composite_name)
10110 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10112 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10113 quark_composite_name,
10119 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10120 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10122 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10124 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10125 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10129 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10131 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10133 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10135 priv = widget->priv;
10137 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10138 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10145 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10147 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10148 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10150 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10151 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10152 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10153 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10154 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10156 * Here is a simple example:
10158 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10159 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10160 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10161 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10162 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10163 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10164 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10168 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10170 composite_child_stack++;
10174 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10176 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10179 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10181 if (composite_child_stack)
10182 composite_child_stack--;
10186 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10187 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10189 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10191 if (widget->priv->context)
10192 gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
10193 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
10195 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10199 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10200 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10201 * @dir: the new direction
10203 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10204 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10205 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10206 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10207 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10208 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10209 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10210 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10211 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10213 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10214 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10217 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10218 GtkTextDirection dir)
10220 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10222 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10223 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10225 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10227 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10229 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10230 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10234 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10235 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10237 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10238 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10240 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10243 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10245 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10247 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10248 return gtk_default_direction;
10250 return widget->priv->direction;
10254 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10256 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10258 g_object_ref (widget);
10260 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10261 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10263 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10264 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10265 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10268 g_object_unref (widget);
10272 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10273 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10274 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10276 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10277 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10280 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10282 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10284 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10286 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10287 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10289 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10291 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10292 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10296 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10297 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10298 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10299 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10302 g_list_free (toplevels);
10307 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10309 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10310 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10312 * Return value: the current default direction.
10315 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10317 return gtk_default_direction;
10321 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10323 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10324 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10327 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10328 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10329 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10331 priv->visible = FALSE;
10332 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10333 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10335 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10337 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10338 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10339 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10342 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10346 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10348 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10349 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10350 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10352 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->accessible_type != GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
10354 GtkAccessible *accessible = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10358 gtk_accessible_set_widget (accessible, NULL);
10359 g_object_unref (accessible);
10363 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10364 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10365 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10367 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10368 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10370 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10373 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10374 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10375 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10379 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10381 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10382 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10383 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10384 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10386 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10388 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10389 priv->style = NULL;
10391 g_free (priv->name);
10393 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10395 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10397 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10399 g_object_unref (accessible);
10402 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10405 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10407 _gtk_widget_free_cached_sizes (widget);
10409 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10410 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10411 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10412 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10413 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10415 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10418 /*****************************************
10419 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10424 *****************************************/
10427 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10429 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10431 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10433 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10435 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10437 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10438 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10442 /*****************************************
10443 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10448 *****************************************/
10451 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10453 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10455 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10457 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10459 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10460 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10464 /*****************************************
10465 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10470 *****************************************/
10473 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10475 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10477 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10479 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10482 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10483 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10487 /*****************************************
10488 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10493 *****************************************/
10496 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10498 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10500 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10502 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10505 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10506 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10507 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10508 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10511 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10512 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10513 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10516 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10518 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10519 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10520 priv->window = NULL;
10524 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10525 priv->window = NULL;
10528 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10530 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10534 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10535 GtkOrientation orientation,
10536 gint *minimum_size,
10537 gint *natural_size)
10539 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10541 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10543 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10544 aux_info->width > 0)
10546 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10548 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10549 aux_info->height > 0)
10551 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10554 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10555 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10556 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10558 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10560 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10562 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10563 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10567 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10568 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10573 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10575 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10576 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10578 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10581 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10583 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10584 return &widget->priv->requests;
10588 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10589 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10590 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10591 * @window: the new device window
10593 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
10594 * Does not ref @window.
10597 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10601 GHashTable *device_window;
10603 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10604 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10605 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10607 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10610 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10612 if (!device_window && window)
10614 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10615 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10616 quark_pointer_window,
10618 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10622 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10623 else if (device_window)
10625 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10627 if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
10628 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
10633 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10634 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10635 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10637 * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
10640 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10643 GHashTable *device_window;
10645 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10646 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10648 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10651 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10653 if (!device_window)
10656 return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10660 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10661 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10663 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
10664 * of any window belonging to @widget.
10665 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
10666 * by GTK+ and must not be freed.
10669 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10671 GHashTableIter iter;
10672 GHashTable *device_window;
10673 GList *devices = NULL;
10674 gpointer key, value;
10676 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10678 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10681 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10683 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10686 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10688 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10689 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
10695 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10699 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10700 GdkNotifyType detail)
10704 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10706 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10707 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10708 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10709 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10710 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10711 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10712 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10713 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10714 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10715 event->crossing.state = 0;
10716 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10719 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10722 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10724 gdk_event_free (event);
10728 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10729 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10730 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10731 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10733 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10735 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10736 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10737 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10738 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10739 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10740 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10741 * window should be the root window).
10743 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10744 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10745 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10746 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
10748 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
10749 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10750 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
10751 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
10753 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
10754 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
10755 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
10756 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10759 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
10762 GdkCrossingMode mode)
10764 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
10766 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
10770 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
10773 from_window = from->priv->window;
10778 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
10781 to_window = to->priv->window;
10784 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
10786 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
10788 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10789 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
10791 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
10793 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10794 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
10796 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10799 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10800 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10801 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10803 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10804 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10807 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
10809 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10811 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
10813 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10814 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
10816 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
10818 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10819 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
10821 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10824 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
10826 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10828 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10829 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10831 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10832 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10834 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10836 else if (from_window == to_window)
10840 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10841 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
10843 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
10845 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
10847 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10848 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10851 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10853 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
10855 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10856 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10859 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10862 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10864 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
10865 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10866 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10867 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10868 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10869 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10870 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10871 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10873 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10875 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10876 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10877 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10879 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10880 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10882 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
10883 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10884 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10888 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
10889 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
10891 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
10893 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
10896 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10897 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10899 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10901 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10902 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10904 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10906 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10907 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10909 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10910 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10912 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10913 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10918 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
10919 GtkStateData *data)
10921 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10922 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
10923 GtkStateType old_state;
10925 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
10927 switch (data->operation)
10929 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
10930 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
10932 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
10933 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
10935 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
10936 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
10940 /* make insensitivity unoverridable */
10941 if (!priv->sensitive)
10942 priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
10944 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10948 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10950 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
10951 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
10954 new_flags = priv->state_flags;
10956 if (old_flags != new_flags)
10958 g_object_ref (widget);
10960 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
10961 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10963 gtk_style_context_set_state (gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
10965 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
10966 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
10968 if (!priv->shadowed &&
10969 (new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
10971 GList *event_windows = NULL;
10972 GList *devices, *d;
10974 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
10976 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
10982 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
10984 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
10985 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
10987 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
10988 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
10991 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10992 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
10993 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10995 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
10996 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10998 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
11001 g_list_free (event_windows);
11002 g_list_free (devices);
11005 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
11007 GtkStateData child_data = *data;
11009 /* Make sure to only propate the right states further */
11010 child_data.flags &= GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
11012 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
11013 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
11017 /* Trigger state change transitions for the widget */
11018 if (priv->context &&
11019 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
11021 gint diff, flag = 1;
11023 diff = old_flags ^ new_flags;
11027 if ((diff & flag) != 0)
11031 target = ((new_flags & flag) != 0);
11032 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, target);
11041 g_object_unref (widget);
11045 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
11053 * gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
11054 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11055 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
11057 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
11059 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
11060 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11062 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
11063 gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11066 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11068 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11069 if (!aux_info && create)
11071 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11073 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11075 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11081 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11082 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11084 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11086 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11087 if (aux_info == NULL)
11089 return &default_aux_info;
11097 /*****************************************
11098 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11103 *****************************************/
11106 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11108 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11112 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11113 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11114 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11116 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11117 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11118 * for more information.
11123 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11124 cairo_region_t *region)
11126 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11128 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11129 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11130 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11132 priv = widget->priv;
11134 if (region == NULL)
11136 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11139 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11141 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11145 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11147 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11148 cairo_region_copy (region),
11149 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11151 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11152 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11155 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11160 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11161 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11162 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11164 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11165 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11166 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11171 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11172 cairo_region_t *region)
11174 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11176 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11177 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11178 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11180 priv = widget->priv;
11182 if (region == NULL)
11185 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11187 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11191 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11192 cairo_region_copy (region),
11193 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11195 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11196 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11199 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11204 /* style properties
11208 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11209 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11210 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11211 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11213 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11216 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11218 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11220 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11221 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11222 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11223 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11225 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11227 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11228 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11233 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11234 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11235 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11239 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11240 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11241 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11243 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11244 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11247 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11250 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11252 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11253 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11255 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11257 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11261 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11262 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11263 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11265 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11267 * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11268 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11273 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11274 const gchar *property_name)
11276 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11278 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11280 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11285 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11286 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11287 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11289 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11291 * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a
11292 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11293 * freed with g_free().
11298 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11299 guint *n_properties)
11301 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11304 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11305 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11314 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11315 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11316 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11317 * @value: location to return the property value
11319 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11322 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11323 const gchar *property_name,
11328 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11329 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11330 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11332 g_object_ref (widget);
11333 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11335 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11338 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11340 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11344 GtkStyleContext *context;
11345 const GValue *peek_value;
11346 GtkStateFlags state;
11348 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11349 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11351 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11352 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11355 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11357 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11358 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11359 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11360 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11362 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11364 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11365 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11367 g_object_unref (widget);
11371 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11372 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11373 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11374 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11375 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11376 * for @first_property_name.
11378 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11382 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11383 const gchar *first_property_name,
11386 GtkStyleContext *context;
11387 GtkStateFlags state;
11390 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11392 g_object_ref (widget);
11393 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11394 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11396 name = first_property_name;
11399 const GValue *peek_value;
11403 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11405 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11409 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11411 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11415 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11417 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11418 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11421 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11424 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11429 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11432 g_object_unref (widget);
11436 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11437 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11438 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11439 * @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
11440 * property values, starting with the location for
11441 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11443 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11446 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11447 const gchar *first_property_name,
11452 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11454 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11455 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11460 * gtk_requisition_new:
11462 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11464 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11465 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11470 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11472 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11476 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11477 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11479 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11481 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11484 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11486 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11490 * gtk_requisition_free:
11491 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11493 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11496 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11498 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11501 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11502 gtk_requisition_copy,
11503 gtk_requisition_free)
11506 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
11507 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
11508 * @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
11510 * Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
11511 * @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
11512 * accessibles of the parent class.
11514 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11519 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11522 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11524 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11525 g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
11527 priv = widget_class->priv;
11529 priv->accessible_type = type;
11530 /* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
11531 priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
11535 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
11536 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
11537 * @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
11539 * Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
11540 * widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
11541 * setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
11542 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
11544 * In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
11545 * accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
11546 * accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
11549 * If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
11550 * and the accessible's default role will be used instead.
11552 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11557 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11560 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11562 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11564 priv = widget_class->priv;
11566 priv->accessible_role = role;
11570 * _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
11571 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11573 * Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
11574 * Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget's implementation
11575 * does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
11578 * Returns: the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
11582 _gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11584 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11585 quark_accessible_object);
11589 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11590 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11592 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11593 * assistive technology.
11595 * If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
11596 * instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
11597 * implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
11598 * it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
11599 * class for which such an implementation is defined.
11601 * The documentation of the
11602 * <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11603 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11605 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11608 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11610 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11612 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11614 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11616 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11618 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11622 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11624 AtkObject* accessible;
11626 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11627 quark_accessible_object);
11630 GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
11631 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11632 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11633 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11635 widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11636 priv = widget_class->priv;
11638 if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
11640 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11641 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11642 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11644 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11645 G_OBJECT (widget));
11647 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11648 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11650 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11651 quark_accessible_object,
11656 accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
11659 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11660 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11662 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11663 quark_accessible_object,
11666 atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
11668 /* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
11669 * in some parent initialize() function to override
11672 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11673 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11680 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11681 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11684 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11686 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11690 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11692 AtkObject *accessible;
11694 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11696 g_object_ref (accessible);
11701 * Expand flag management
11705 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11707 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11709 priv = widget->priv;
11711 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
11715 if (priv->hexpand_set)
11720 if (priv->vexpand_set)
11725 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
11726 * forced by the app
11728 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
11730 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
11734 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
11735 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
11736 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
11740 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
11741 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
11742 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
11747 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
11748 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11750 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
11751 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
11752 * on the child of a container.
11754 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
11757 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11760 gboolean changed_anything;
11762 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
11765 changed_anything = FALSE;
11767 while (parent != NULL)
11769 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
11771 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
11772 changed_anything = TRUE;
11775 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
11776 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
11777 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
11778 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
11779 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
11780 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
11781 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
11782 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
11785 parent = parent->priv->parent;
11788 /* recomputing expand always requires
11789 * a relayout as well
11791 if (changed_anything)
11792 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
11796 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
11797 * @widget: the widget
11798 * @orientation: expand direction
11800 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
11801 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
11802 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
11804 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
11805 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
11806 * widgets are not expanded.
11808 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
11809 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
11810 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
11812 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
11815 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11816 GtkOrientation orientation)
11818 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11820 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
11821 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
11824 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
11826 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11828 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
11832 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
11837 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11838 GtkOrientation orientation,
11841 const char *expand_prop;
11842 const char *expand_set_prop;
11844 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11846 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11848 priv = widget->priv;
11850 expand = expand != FALSE;
11852 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
11854 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11856 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
11857 priv->hexpand == expand)
11860 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
11861 priv->hexpand = expand;
11863 expand_prop = "hexpand";
11864 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
11868 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
11869 priv->vexpand == expand)
11872 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
11873 priv->vexpand = expand;
11875 expand_prop = "vexpand";
11876 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
11879 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11881 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11882 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
11883 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
11884 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
11885 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
11886 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11890 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11891 GtkOrientation orientation,
11894 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11897 priv = widget->priv;
11899 set = set != FALSE;
11901 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11903 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
11906 priv->hexpand_set = set;
11907 prop = "hexpand-set";
11911 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
11914 priv->vexpand_set = set;
11915 prop = "vexpand-set";
11918 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11920 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
11924 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
11925 * @widget: the widget
11927 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11928 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11929 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11930 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11933 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
11934 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
11935 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
11936 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
11938 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
11939 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
11942 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
11945 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
11947 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11949 return widget->priv->hexpand;
11953 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
11954 * @widget: the widget
11955 * @expand: whether to expand
11957 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11958 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11959 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11960 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11963 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
11964 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
11967 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
11968 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
11969 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
11970 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
11971 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
11972 * method on #GtkWidget.).
11974 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
11975 * automatic expand behavior.
11977 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
11978 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
11979 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
11980 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
11981 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
11984 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
11987 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11989 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
11993 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
11994 * @widget: the widget
11996 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
11997 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
11999 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12000 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12001 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12002 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12004 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12005 * for completeness and consistency.
12007 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
12010 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12012 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12014 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
12018 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
12019 * @widget: the widget
12020 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
12022 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
12025 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
12026 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
12027 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
12030 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12031 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12032 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12033 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12035 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12036 * for completeness and consistency.
12039 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12042 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12044 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
12049 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
12050 * @widget: the widget
12052 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12055 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
12057 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
12060 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12062 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12064 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12068 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12069 * @widget: the widget
12070 * @expand: whether to expand
12072 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12075 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12078 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12081 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12083 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12087 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12088 * @widget: the widget
12090 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12091 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12093 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12095 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12098 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12100 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12102 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12106 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12107 * @widget: the widget
12108 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12110 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12113 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12116 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12121 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12125 * GtkBuildable implementation
12127 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12128 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12129 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12130 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12133 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12135 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12136 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12137 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12138 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12140 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12141 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12142 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12143 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12144 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12145 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12146 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12150 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12153 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12154 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12157 static const gchar *
12158 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12160 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12164 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12165 GtkBuilder *builder,
12166 const gchar *childname)
12168 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12169 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12175 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12176 GtkBuilder *builder,
12178 const GValue *value)
12180 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12181 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12182 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12183 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12184 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12185 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12187 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12192 gchar *action_name;
12193 GString *description;
12195 gboolean translatable;
12205 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12207 g_free (data->action_name);
12208 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12209 g_free (data->context);
12210 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12214 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12216 g_free (data->target);
12217 g_free (data->type);
12218 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12222 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12223 GtkBuilder *builder)
12225 GSList *atk_relations;
12227 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12228 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12229 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12230 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12232 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12233 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12236 AtkObject *accessible;
12237 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12240 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12241 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12243 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12244 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12246 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12248 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12250 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12253 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12257 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12258 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12260 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12261 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12263 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12267 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12268 target_accessible);
12270 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12272 g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
12273 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12282 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12285 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12286 const gchar *element_name,
12287 const gchar **names,
12288 const gchar **values,
12289 gpointer user_data,
12292 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12294 gint line_number, char_number;
12296 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12298 gchar *target = NULL;
12299 gchar *type = NULL;
12300 AtkRelationData *relation;
12302 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12304 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12305 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12306 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12307 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12310 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12313 g_set_error (error,
12315 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12316 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12318 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12325 if (!target || !type)
12327 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12330 g_set_error (error,
12332 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12333 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12335 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12336 type ? "target" : "type");
12342 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12343 relation->target = target;
12344 relation->type = type;
12346 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12348 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12350 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12351 const gchar *description = NULL;
12352 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12353 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12354 AtkActionData *action;
12356 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12358 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12359 action_name = values[i];
12360 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12361 description = values[i];
12362 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12364 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12367 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12369 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12371 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12372 msg_context = values[i];
12375 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12378 g_set_error (error,
12380 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12381 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12383 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12390 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12393 g_set_error (error,
12395 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12396 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12398 line_number, char_number, "action",
12403 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12404 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12405 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12406 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12407 action->translatable = translatable;
12409 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12411 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12414 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12418 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12421 gpointer user_data,
12424 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12426 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12428 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12430 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12434 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12436 accessibility_start_element,
12438 accessibility_text,
12447 } AccelGroupParserData;
12450 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12451 const gchar *element_name,
12452 const gchar **names,
12453 const gchar **values,
12454 gpointer user_data,
12459 guint modifiers = 0;
12460 gchar *signal = NULL;
12461 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12463 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12465 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12466 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12467 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12469 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12475 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12476 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12479 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12481 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12484 parser_data->key = key;
12485 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12486 parser_data->signal = signal;
12489 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12491 accel_group_start_element,
12500 style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12501 const gchar *element_name,
12502 const gchar **names,
12503 const gchar **values,
12504 gpointer user_data,
12507 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12510 if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
12512 if (g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name,
12516 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP, "name", &class_name,
12517 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
12519 style_data->classes = g_slist_append (style_data->classes, class_name);
12522 else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
12525 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12528 static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
12530 style_start_element,
12534 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12535 GtkBuilder *builder,
12537 const gchar *tagname,
12538 GMarkupParser *parser,
12541 g_assert (buildable);
12543 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12545 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12547 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12548 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12549 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12550 *data = parser_data;
12553 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12555 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12557 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12558 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12559 *data = parser_data;
12562 if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12564 StyleParserData *parser_data;
12566 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
12567 *parser = style_parser;
12568 *data = parser_data;
12576 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12577 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12578 gpointer user_data)
12580 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12581 GSList *accel_groups;
12582 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12584 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12585 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12586 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12588 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12589 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12590 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12592 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12593 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12597 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12598 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12601 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12602 accel_data->signal,
12605 accel_data->modifiers,
12606 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12608 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12609 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12610 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12614 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12615 GtkBuilder *builder,
12617 const gchar *tagname,
12618 gpointer user_data)
12620 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12622 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12623 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12625 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12626 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12628 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12630 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12632 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12634 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12636 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12638 if (a11y_data->actions)
12640 AtkObject *accessible;
12645 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12647 if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
12649 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12650 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12652 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12654 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12656 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12657 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12658 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12663 gchar *description;
12665 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12666 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12667 action_data->context,
12668 action_data->description->str);
12670 description = action_data->description->str;
12672 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12677 g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
12679 g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
12682 if (a11y_data->relations)
12683 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12684 a11y_data->relations);
12686 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12688 else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12690 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12691 GtkStyleContext *context;
12694 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12696 for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
12697 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
12699 gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12701 g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
12702 g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
12706 static GtkSizeRequestMode
12707 gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
12709 /* By default widgets dont trade size at all. */
12710 return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
12714 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12715 gint *minimum_size,
12716 gint *natural_size)
12726 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12727 gint *minimum_size,
12728 gint *natural_size)
12738 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12740 gint *minimum_height,
12741 gint *natural_height)
12743 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12747 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12749 gint *minimum_width,
12750 gint *natural_width)
12752 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12756 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12757 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12759 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12761 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12764 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12766 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12767 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12771 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12772 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12773 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12775 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12776 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12779 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12782 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12784 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12786 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12788 if (aux_info->halign == align)
12791 aux_info->halign = align;
12792 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12793 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
12797 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
12798 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12800 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12802 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
12805 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
12807 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12808 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
12812 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
12813 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12814 * @align: the vertical alignment
12816 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
12817 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12820 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
12823 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12825 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12827 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12829 if (aux_info->valign == align)
12832 aux_info->valign = align;
12833 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12834 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
12838 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
12839 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12841 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12843 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
12848 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
12850 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12852 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
12856 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
12857 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12858 * @margin: the left margin
12860 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
12861 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12866 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
12869 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12871 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12872 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12874 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12876 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
12879 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
12880 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12881 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
12885 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
12886 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12888 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12890 * Returns: The right margin of @widget
12895 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
12897 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12899 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
12903 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
12904 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12905 * @margin: the right margin
12907 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
12908 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12913 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
12916 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12918 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12919 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12921 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12923 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
12926 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
12927 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12928 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
12932 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
12933 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12935 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12937 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
12942 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
12944 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12946 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
12950 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
12951 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12952 * @margin: the top margin
12954 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
12955 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12960 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
12963 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12965 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12966 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12968 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12970 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
12973 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
12974 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12975 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
12979 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
12980 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12982 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12984 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
12989 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
12991 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12993 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
12997 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
12998 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12999 * @margin: the bottom margin
13001 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
13002 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
13007 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
13010 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13012 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13013 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13015 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13017 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
13020 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
13021 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13022 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
13026 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
13027 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13028 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
13029 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
13030 * default clipboard. Another common value
13031 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
13032 * the primary X selection.
13034 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
13035 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
13036 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
13039 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
13040 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
13041 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
13042 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
13047 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
13049 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13050 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
13052 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
13057 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
13058 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13060 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13061 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13062 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13064 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13065 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13066 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13067 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13068 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13069 * widgets afterwards.
13071 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13072 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13073 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13078 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13080 GList *list = NULL;
13083 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13085 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13086 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13092 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13093 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13094 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13096 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13097 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13098 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13099 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13100 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13101 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13106 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13109 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13111 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13112 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13114 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13115 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13117 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13118 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13122 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13123 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13124 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13125 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13127 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13128 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13129 * must have previously been added to the list with
13130 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13135 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13138 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13140 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13141 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13143 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13144 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13147 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13148 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13152 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13153 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13155 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13156 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13157 * will affect this widget.
13159 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13164 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13166 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13168 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13172 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13173 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13174 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13176 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13177 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13179 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13180 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13185 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13186 gboolean no_show_all)
13188 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13190 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13192 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13194 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13196 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13202 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13203 gboolean has_tooltip,
13206 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13207 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13209 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13210 quark_has_tooltip));
13212 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13214 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13216 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13218 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13219 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13220 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13221 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13222 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13223 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13225 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13226 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13227 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13228 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13229 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13232 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13233 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13238 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13239 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13240 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13242 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13243 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13244 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13245 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13246 * tooltip window will be used.
13248 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13249 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13254 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13255 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13257 gboolean has_tooltip;
13258 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13260 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13261 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13263 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13266 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13268 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13269 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13271 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13272 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13274 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13275 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13279 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13280 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13282 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13283 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13284 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13286 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13291 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13293 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13295 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13299 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13300 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13302 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13303 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13309 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13311 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13314 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13315 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13318 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13320 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13321 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13322 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13324 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13325 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13331 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13333 GdkDisplay *display;
13335 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13337 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13338 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13340 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13341 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13345 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13346 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13347 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13349 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13350 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13351 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13353 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13358 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13361 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13363 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13367 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13368 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13370 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13372 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13373 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13378 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13380 gchar *text = NULL;
13382 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13384 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13390 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13391 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13392 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13394 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13395 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13397 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13398 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13400 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13401 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13406 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13407 const gchar *markup)
13409 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13411 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13415 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13416 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13418 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13420 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13421 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13426 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13428 gchar *text = NULL;
13430 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13432 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13438 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13439 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13440 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13442 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13443 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13448 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13449 gboolean has_tooltip)
13451 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13453 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13457 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13458 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13460 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13461 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13463 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13468 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13470 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13472 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13474 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13476 return has_tooltip;
13480 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13481 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13482 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13484 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13486 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13487 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13488 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13489 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13490 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13491 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13492 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13493 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13494 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13495 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13496 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13497 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13498 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13499 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13504 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13505 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13507 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13509 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13510 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13512 priv = widget->priv;
13514 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13518 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13519 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13520 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13522 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13523 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13525 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13526 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13527 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13528 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13529 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13535 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13536 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13538 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13540 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13541 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13543 priv = widget->priv;
13545 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13549 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13550 * @widget: the widget to query
13552 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13553 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13554 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13556 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13559 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13561 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13563 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13567 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13568 * @widget: the widget to query
13570 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13571 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13572 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13574 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13577 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13579 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13581 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13585 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13586 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13587 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13589 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13591 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13592 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13593 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13594 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13596 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13600 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13601 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13602 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13605 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13606 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13608 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13609 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13611 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13615 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13616 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13617 * @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
13619 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13620 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13621 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13622 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13623 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13625 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13626 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13627 * widget's init() function.
13629 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13634 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13637 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13639 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13640 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13642 priv = widget->priv;
13644 if (priv->window != window)
13646 priv->window = window;
13647 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13652 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13653 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13655 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13657 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13662 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13664 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13666 return widget->priv->window;
13670 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13671 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13673 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13674 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13676 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13679 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13681 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13683 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13687 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13688 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13689 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13691 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13692 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13693 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13694 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13699 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13700 gboolean support_multidevice)
13702 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13704 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13706 priv = widget->priv;
13707 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13709 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13710 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13714 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13715 gboolean has_focus)
13717 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13720 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13722 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13726 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13727 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13728 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13730 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13732 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13733 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13734 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13735 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13736 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13738 * An example of its usage is:
13741 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13743 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13744 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13745 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13746 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13747 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13749 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13751 * gdk_event_free (event);
13754 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13755 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13760 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13765 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13766 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13768 g_object_ref (widget);
13770 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13772 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13774 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13776 g_object_unref (widget);
13782 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13783 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13785 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13786 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13787 * unnecessary work.
13789 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13792 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13794 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13798 _gtk_widget_get_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget)
13800 return widget->priv->resize_pending;
13804 _gtk_widget_set_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget,
13805 gboolean resize_pending)
13807 widget->priv->resize_pending = resize_pending;
13811 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
13813 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
13817 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
13818 gboolean in_reparent)
13820 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
13824 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
13826 return widget->priv->anchored;
13830 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
13833 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
13837 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
13839 return widget->priv->shadowed;
13843 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
13846 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
13850 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13852 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
13856 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13857 gboolean alloc_needed)
13859 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
13863 _gtk_widget_get_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13865 return widget->priv->width_request_needed;
13869 _gtk_widget_set_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13870 gboolean width_request_needed)
13872 widget->priv->width_request_needed = width_request_needed;
13876 _gtk_widget_get_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13878 return widget->priv->height_request_needed;
13882 _gtk_widget_set_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13883 gboolean height_request_needed)
13885 widget->priv->height_request_needed = height_request_needed;
13889 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroup_visited (GtkWidget *widget)
13891 return widget->priv->sizegroup_visited;
13895 _gtk_widget_set_sizegroup_visited (GtkWidget *widget,
13898 widget->priv->sizegroup_visited = visited;
13902 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroup_bumping (GtkWidget *widget)
13904 return widget->priv->sizegroup_bumping;
13908 _gtk_widget_set_sizegroup_bumping (GtkWidget *widget,
13911 widget->priv->sizegroup_bumping = bumping;
13915 _gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13920 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13921 groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
13922 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13924 widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
13928 _gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13933 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13934 groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
13935 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13937 widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
13941 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
13943 if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
13944 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13950 _gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13953 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13957 _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13960 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13964 * gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
13965 * @path: a widget path
13966 * @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
13968 * Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
13969 * by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
13970 * @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
13971 * adding the style classes from @widget.
13973 * Returns: the position where the data was inserted
13978 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
13983 g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
13984 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13986 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
13988 if (widget->priv->name)
13989 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
13991 if (widget->priv->context)
13993 GList *classes, *l;
13995 /* Also add any persistent classes in
13996 * the style context the widget path
13998 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
14000 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
14001 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (path, pos, l->data);
14003 g_list_free (classes);
14010 * gtk_widget_get_path:
14011 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14013 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
14014 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
14017 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
14020 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
14022 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14024 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
14025 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
14026 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
14027 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
14029 if (widget->priv->path &&
14030 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (widget->priv->path))
14032 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
14033 widget->priv->path = NULL;
14036 if (!widget->priv->path)
14040 parent = widget->priv->parent;
14043 widget->priv->path = gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
14046 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
14047 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
14048 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
14051 GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
14053 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
14054 attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
14056 if (attach_widget != NULL)
14057 widget->priv->path = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
14059 widget->priv->path = gtk_widget_path_new ();
14061 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (widget->priv->path, widget);
14064 if (widget->priv->context)
14065 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
14066 widget->priv->path);
14069 return widget->priv->path;
14073 style_context_changed (GtkStyleContext *context,
14074 gpointer user_data)
14076 GtkWidget *widget = user_data;
14078 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
14079 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
14082 /* Compress all style updates so it
14083 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
14085 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
14088 if (widget->priv->anchored)
14089 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
14093 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
14094 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14096 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
14098 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
14099 * must not be freed.
14102 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
14104 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14105 GtkWidgetPath *path;
14107 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14109 priv = widget->priv;
14111 /* updates style context if it exists already */
14112 path = gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
14114 if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
14118 priv->context = gtk_style_context_new ();
14120 gtk_style_context_set_direction (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
14122 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
14124 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
14126 gtk_style_context_set_path (priv->context, path);
14128 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
14129 gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
14131 g_signal_connect (widget->priv->context, "changed",
14132 G_CALLBACK (style_context_changed), widget);
14135 return widget->priv->context;
14139 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
14140 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14141 * @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
14143 * Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend
14144 * uses for a particular purpose.
14146 * See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
14148 * Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
14153 gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
14154 GdkModifierIntent intent)
14156 GdkDisplay *display;
14158 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
14160 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
14162 return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
14167 _gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
14169 return widget->priv->style;
14173 _gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
14176 widget->priv->style = style;